summaryrefslogtreecommitdiff
path: root/38770-h/38770-h.htm
diff options
context:
space:
mode:
Diffstat (limited to '38770-h/38770-h.htm')
-rw-r--r--38770-h/38770-h.htm6708
1 files changed, 6708 insertions, 0 deletions
diff --git a/38770-h/38770-h.htm b/38770-h/38770-h.htm
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..91f6fd7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/38770-h/38770-h.htm
@@ -0,0 +1,6708 @@
+<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN"
+ "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd">
+<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xml:lang="en" lang="en">
+ <head>
+ <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html;charset=iso-8859-1" />
+ <meta http-equiv="Content-Style-Type" content="text/css" />
+ <title>
+ The Project Gutenberg eBook of The Aboriginal Population of the San Joaquin Valley, California, by S. F. Cook.
+ </title>
+ <style type="text/css">
+
+body {
+ margin-left: 10%;
+ margin-right: 10%;
+}
+
+ h1,h2,h3,h4 {
+ text-align: center; /* all headings centered */
+ clear: both;
+}
+
+p {
+ margin-top: .75em;
+ text-align: justify;
+ margin-bottom: .75em;
+}
+
+p.title { text-align: center; text-indent: 0;
+ font-weight: bold;
+ line-height: 1.4; margin-bottom: 3em; }
+
+.i4 {
+ display: block;
+ margin-left: 4em;
+ padding-left: 3em;
+ text-indent: -3em;
+}
+
+hr {
+ width: 33%;
+ margin-top: 2em;
+ margin-bottom: 2em;
+ margin-left: auto;
+ margin-right: auto;
+ clear: both;
+}
+
+hr.tb {width: 45%;}
+hr.chap {width: 65%}
+
+table {
+ margin-left: auto;
+ margin-right: auto;
+}
+
+.pagenum { /* uncomment the next line for invisible page numbers */
+ /* visibility: hidden; */
+ position: absolute;
+ left: 92%;
+ font-size: smaller;
+ text-align: right;
+}
+
+.blockquot {
+ margin-left: 5%;
+ margin-right: 10%;
+}
+
+.center {text-align: center;}
+
+.right {text-align: right;}
+
+.u {text-decoration: underline;}
+
+.caption {font-weight: bold;}
+
+.figcenter {
+ margin: auto;
+ text-align: center;
+}
+
+.footnotes {border: dashed 1px;}
+
+.footnote {margin-left: 10%; margin-right: 10%; font-size: 0.9em;}
+
+.footnote .label {position: absolute; right: 84%; text-align: right;}
+
+.fnanchor {
+ vertical-align: super;
+ font-size: .8em;
+ text-decoration:
+ none;
+}
+
+.transnote {background-color: #E6E6FA;
+ color: black;
+ font-size:smaller;
+ padding:0.5em;
+ margin-bottom:5em;
+ font-family:sans-serif, serif; }
+
+ </style>
+ </head>
+<body>
+
+
+<pre>
+
+The Project Gutenberg EBook of The Aboriginal Population of the San
+Joaquin Valley, California, by Sherburne F. Cook
+
+This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with
+almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or
+re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included
+with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org
+
+
+Title: The Aboriginal Population of the San Joaquin Valley, California
+
+Author: Sherburne F. Cook
+
+Editor: R. L. Olson
+ R. F. Heizer
+ T. D. McCown
+ J. H. Rowe
+
+Release Date: February 5, 2012 [EBook #38770]
+
+Language: English
+
+Character set encoding: ISO-8859-1
+
+*** START OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK ABORIGINAL POP.--SAN JOAQUIN VALLEY ***
+
+
+
+
+Produced by Colin Bell, Joseph Cooper, Diane Monico, and
+the Online Distributed Proofreading Team at
+https://www.pgdp.net
+
+
+
+
+
+
+</pre>
+
+
+
+
+
+
+<h1>
+THE ABORIGINAL POPULATION<br />
+OF THE SAN JOAQUIN VALLEY,<br />
+CALIFORNIA</h1>
+
+
+<p class="title"><small>BY</small><br />
+S. F. COOK
+<br /><br />
+
+ANTHROPOLOGICAL RECORDS<br /><br />
+
+Vol. 16, No. 2
+</p>
+<hr class="chap" />
+
+
+
+<p class="center">
+UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA<br />
+ANTHROPOLOGICAL RECORDS<br />
+<br />
+Editors (Berkeley): R. L. Olson, R. F. Heizer, T. D. McCown, J. H. Rowe<br />
+Volume 16, No. 2, pp. 31-80<br />
+6 maps<br />
+<br />
+Submitted by editors October 8, 1954<br />
+Issued July 11, 1955<br />
+Price, 75 cents<br />
+<br />
+<br />
+University of California Press<br />
+Berkeley and Los Angeles<br />
+California<br />
+<br />
+Cambridge University Press<br />
+London, England<br />
+<br />
+<br />
+<small>Manufactured in the United States of America</small><br />
+</p>
+
+
+
+<hr class="chap" /><p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_iii" id="Page_iii">[Pg iii]</a></span></p>
+<h2><a name="CONTENTS" id="CONTENTS"></a>CONTENTS</h2>
+
+
+
+
+<div class="center">
+<table border="0" cellpadding="4" cellspacing="0" summary="toc">
+<tr><td align="left">&nbsp;</td><td align="right">Page</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left">Introduction</td><td align="right"><a href="#Page_31">31</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left">The population of the San Joaquin Valley in approximately 1850</td><td align="right"><a href="#Page_33">33</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left"><span style="margin-left: 2em;">Contemporary estimates and counts for the entire region</span></td><td align="right"><a href="#Page_33">33</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left"><span style="margin-left: 2em;">Analysis based upon restricted areas</span></td><td align="right"><a href="#ANALYSIS_BASED_UPON_RESTRICTED_AREAS">34</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left"><span style="margin-left: 4em;">Stanislaus and Tuolumne rivers</span></td><td align="right"><a href="#STANISLAUS_AND_TUOLUMNE_RIVERS">34</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left"><span style="margin-left: 4em;">Merced River, Mariposa Creek, and Chowchilla River</span></td><td align="right"><a href="#MERCED_RIVER_MARIPOSA_CREEK">35</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left"><span style="margin-left: 4em;">The Cosumnes, Mokelumne, and Calaveras rivers</span></td><td align="right"><a href="#THE_COSUMNES_MOKELUMNE">36</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left"><span style="margin-left: 4em;">The Fresno and the upper San Joaquin rivers</span></td><td align="right"><a href="#THE_FRESNO_AND_THE_UPPER">36</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left"><span style="margin-left: 4em;">The Kings and Kaweah rivers</span></td><td align="right"><a href="#THE_KINGS_AND_THE_KAWEAH_RIVERS">38</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left"><span style="margin-left: 4em;">The Tulare Lake basin</span></td><td align="right"><a href="#THE_TULARE_LAKE_BASIN">40</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left"><span style="margin-left: 4em;">The Tule River, the Kern River, and the Buenavista Basin</span></td><td align="right"><a href="#TULE_RIVER_KERN_RIVER_AND_THE_BUENAVISTA_BASIN">40</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left">The aboriginal population</td><td align="right"><a href="#Page_42">42</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left"><span style="margin-left: 2em;">The Tulare Lake basin</span></td><td align="right"><a href="#TULARE_LAKE_BASIN">42</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left"><span style="margin-left: 2em;">The Kaweah River</span></td><td align="right"><a href="#THE_KAWEAH_RIVER">45</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left"><span style="margin-left: 2em;">The Merced River</span></td><td align="right"><a href="#THE_MERCED_RIVER">48</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left"><span style="margin-left: 2em;">The Kings River</span></td><td align="right"><a href="#THE_KINGS_RIVER">49</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left"><span style="margin-left: 2em;">The Upper San Joaquin, Fresno, and Chowchilla rivers and Mariposa Creek</span></td><td align="right"><a href="#UPPER_SAN_JOAQUIN_FRESNO_AND_CHOWCHILLA_RIVERS_AND_MARIPOSA_CREEK">50</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left"><span style="margin-left: 2em;">The Southern San Joaquin Valley</span></td><td align="right"><a href="#THE_SOUTHERN_SAN_JOAQUIN_VALLEY">54</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left"><span style="margin-left: 2em;">The Northern San Joaquin Valley</span></td><td align="right"><a href="#THE_NORTHERN_SAN_JOAQUIN_VALLEY">56</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left"><span style="margin-left: 2em;">The Miwok Foothill Area</span></td><td align="right"><a href="#THE_MIWOK_FOOTHILL_AREA">68</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left">Summary and conclusions</td><td align="right"><a href="#Page_70">70</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left">Appendix</td><td align="right"><a href="#Page_71">71</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left">Bibliography</td><td align="right"><a href="#Page_72">72</a></td></tr>
+<tr><th align="center">MAPS</th></tr>
+<tr><td align="left">1. The San Joaquin Valley from the Cosumnes River to the Tehachapi</td><td align="right">facing page <a href="#map1">74</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left">2. Habitat areas 1A-2: the southern Yokuts and peripheral tribes</td><td align="right"><a href="#map2">75</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left">3. Habitat areas 3A-4C: the basins of the Kaweah and Kings rivers</td><td align="right"><a href="#map3">76</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left">4. Habitat areas 5A-6B: the Yokuts, a part of the Mono, and the southern Miwok</td><td align="right"><a href="#map4">76</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left">5. Habitat areas 7A-14: the northern Yokuts, central and northern Miwok</td><td align="right"><a href="#map5">77</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left">6. The Lower San Joaquin River and Delta areas</td><td align="right"><a href="#map6">78</a></td></tr>
+</table></div>
+
+
+
+<hr class="chap" /><p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_31" id="Page_31">[Pg 31]</a></span></p>
+<h2><big>THE ABORIGINAL POPULATION OF THE<br />
+SAN JOAQUIN VALLEY, CALIFORNIA</big></h2>
+
+<p class="title"><small>BY</small><br />
+
+S. F. COOK</p>
+
+
+
+
+<h2><a name="INTRODUCTION" id="INTRODUCTION"></a>INTRODUCTION</h2>
+
+
+<p>Ecologically the great central valley of California
+forms a single unit. Nevertheless it is convenient for
+the purposes of this paper to divide the entire area into
+two portions, north and south. The vast expanse from
+Red Bluff to the Tehachapi is too extensive to cover
+demographically in a single exposition. Moreover, the
+northern tribes, the Wintun and Maidu, are physiographically
+clearly segregated from the southern by
+the northern extension of San Francisco Bay and the
+delta of the rivers. Hence we shall consider here only
+those peoples south of the Sacramento and American
+River watersheds.</p>
+
+<p>The area possesses definite natural limits but its
+exact boundaries must be to some extent arbitrary. On
+the north the line has already been indicated: the south
+bank of the upper Bay and the Sacramento River as far
+upstream as a point five miles below the city of Sacramento
+and thence easterly along the El Dorado&mdash;Amador
+County line into the high mountains. This follows Kroeber's
+tribal boundary between the Maidu and the Sierra
+Miwok. On the west the line starts northeast of Mt.
+Diablo and follows the western edge of the San Joaquin
+Valley to the Tehachapi Mountains. On the east we include
+the Sierra Nevada as far as was reached by permanent
+habitation on the west slope. The southern extremity
+is represented by the crest of the Tehachapi.</p>
+
+<p>The region designated embraces the territory of the
+Plains and Sierra Miwok, the Yokuts, the Western
+Mono, the Tubatulabal, and the Kawaiisu. From the
+standpoint of habitat the area is diversified since it extends
+from the swampy valley floor through the oak
+country of the lower foothills into the transition life-zone
+of the middle altitudes. Perhaps an ecological
+segregation would be desirable. Such a procedure, however,
+would cut across tribal boundaries and make an
+accurate evaluation of population difficult. On the accompanying
+maps, areas are delineated, and numbered,
+primarily for convenience of reference. At the same
+time they conform as closely as is feasible with the
+natural subdivisions of the territory marked out by
+river valleys, lakes, plains, and mountains. It should
+be stressed that they do not necessarily coincide precisely
+with the areas occupied by specific tribes or
+groups of tribes.</p>
+
+<p>The demography of the central valley is rendered
+still more complex by the fact that the contact with the
+white race took place in a series of steps rather than
+by a single overwhelming invasion. In central Mexico,
+or to a somewhat lesser degree in northwestern California,
+aboriginal life continued relatively untouched
+until there occurred a rapid and catastrophic occupation
+of the entire territory. As a result, the population was
+affected in a uniform manner throughout and a sufficiently
+clear line can be drawn between aboriginal and postcontact
+conditions. In the central valley the white influence
+was very gradual, beginning at or near the year 1770
+with the entrance of the Spanish missionaries along the
+coast and the infiltration of a very few foreigners into
+the valley. The volume of invasion increased slowly
+over the next three decades, but the effect was intensified
+by the escape of numerous mission neophytes into
+the valley. The years after 1800 saw repeated incursions
+by the coastal whites who overran the floor of the valley
+from the Sacramento River to Buena Vista Lake. Meanwhile
+the foothill and mountain tribes were permitted to
+remain fairly intact. With discovery of gold, however,
+these groups lost their immunity and were rapidly destroyed.
+Therefore, even though we oversimplify, we
+may say that the aboriginal population persisted in the
+valley proper up to 1770, in the lower foothills up to
+roughly 1810, and in the higher foothills and more remote
+canyons of the Sierra Nevada up to 1850.</p>
+
+<p>Our sources of information cover only the period
+during which the demographic status of the natives was
+undergoing change. No written record exists that describes
+conditions as they might have been found prior
+to 1770. The only possible substitute would be an examination
+of the habitation sites left from prehistoric times,
+but archaeological research in the area has not yet progressed
+to the point where an adequate quantitative estimate
+of population is available. There are three primary
+bodies of data to which we have access, all falling within
+the historical period between 1770 and 1860.</p>
+
+<p>The first of these derives from the serious effort on
+the part of the Americans, who between 1848 and 1852
+were entering the region in large numbers, to determine
+the quantity of natives surviving in the central valley.
+This task was performed by such men as Sutter, Bidwell,
+and Savage, together with several Indian commissioners,
+and army officers sent out by the government. To their
+reports may be added the statements contained in the
+local county histories published in the era of 1880 to
+1890, as well as in many pioneer reminiscences.</p>
+
+<p>A second major source of information consists of the
+ethnographic studies made within the past fifty years,
+among which should be mentioned the works of Kroeber,
+Merriam, Schenck, Gayton, and Gifford. These investigators
+depended principally upon informants who were
+elderly people in the decades from 1900 to 1940. Their
+memories, together with their recollection of what had
+been told them by their parents, carry back, on the
+average, to the period of the American invasion or just
+before it. Hence their knowledge of truly aboriginal population
+would be valid for the hill tribes only; yet data<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_32" id="Page_32">[Pg 32]</a></span>
+derived from them for that region is probably more
+accurate than can be obtained from the general estimates
+made by contemporary white men. These two
+types of information, contemporary American accounts
+and modern ethnographic material, can thus be used to
+supplement and check each other for the era of 1850.</p>
+
+<p>For conditions in the valley before 1840 we have to
+depend almost exclusively upon the historical records
+left by the Spanish and Mexicans. These consist of a
+series of diaries, reports, and letters, by both laymen
+and ecclesiastics, together with baptism lists and
+censuses from the coastal missions. This array of
+documents is to be found in the manuscript collections
+of the Bancroft Library of the University of California
+at Berkeley.</p>
+
+<p>It will be clear from these considerations that the
+population of the San Joaquin Valley can be determined
+with some degree of accuracy at two stages in the
+history of the region. The later period is at the point
+of intense occupancy by the Americans, at or near the
+year 1850, for here may be brought to a focus the data
+from both contemporary counts and the research of
+modern ethnographers. The earlier is for the epoch
+just preceding the entrance of the Spanish into California,
+or just before 1770. To assess the population at this
+period it is necessary to bring to bear information from
+all sources, American and Spanish, and to utilize all
+indirect methods of computation which may be appropriate.
+As a matter of historical interest, as well as to
+provide a background for the estimate of aboriginal
+population, the state of the natives in the period of the
+Gold Rush will be first examined.</p>
+
+
+
+<hr class="chap" /><p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_33" id="Page_33">[Pg 33]</a></span></p>
+<h2><a name="THE_POPULATION_OF_THE_SAN_JOAQUIN_VALLEY_1850" id="THE_POPULATION_OF_THE_SAN_JOAQUIN_VALLEY_1850"></a>
+THE POPULATION OF THE SAN JOAQUIN VALLEY<br />
+IN APPROXIMATELY 1850</h2>
+
+<h3>CONTEMPORARY ESTIMATES AND COUNTS FOR THE ENTIRE REGION</h3>
+
+
+<p>General estimates for the population of the San Joaquin
+Valley during the period 1848 to 1855 were made
+by several individuals. James D. Savage, one of the
+earliest settlers in the Fresno region, stated in 1851
+that the population from the Tuolumne River to the
+Kern River was from 50,000 to 55,000. Elsewhere he
+modified these figures considerably (Dixon, MS, 1875)
+and reported the total from the Cosumnes to the Kern
+as 18,100, of which 14,000 were from south of the Stanislaus
+River. James H. Carson, another pioneer, said in
+1852 that "the Indians of the Tulare Valley number
+nearly 6,000. About half this number inhabit the mountains....
+The other portion inhabit the plains along
+the rivers and lakes."</p>
+
+<p>In 1852 the Indian commissioner, O. M. Wozencraft,
+estimated for the area lying between the Yuba and the
+Mokelumne rivers a total of 40,000 inhabitants. He
+quotes old residents as saying that four years previously
+(i.e., in 1848) the population for the same area
+had been 80,000. At about the same time another agent,
+Adam Johnston (1853), estimated all the Sierra and
+valley tribes as being 80,000 strong (including both Sacramento
+and San Joaquin valleys). In general magnitude
+these figures correspond to those given by Sutter for
+the region bounded by the Yuba, the Stanislaus, the Sacramento,
+the San Joaquin, and the line of the foothills:
+21,873 (Sutter, 1850). Sutter's value definitely represents
+conditions prior to 1847. Meanwhile H. W. Wessels
+reported in 1853 that from the Stanislaus south there
+were 7,500 to 8,000 persons. In the same year G. W.
+Barbour, another commissioner, referred to the reservation
+Indians as "seven or eight thousand hungry souls."
+In 1856, agent T. J. Henly put the aggregate population
+of the Fresno and Kings River reservations plus Tulare,
+Mariposa, Tuolumne, Calaveras, and San Joaquin counties
+as 5,150 (Henley, 1857).</p>
+
+<p>It is evident that the foregoing data represent two
+distinctly different types of estimate: broad generalization
+based largely upon subjective impression and applying
+to the years preceding 1847, and more narrow semi-estimate
+derived during the years subsequent to 1849
+from some attempt to make an actual count. The figures
+obtained from the first method are certainly too high,
+particularly for the period centering around 1850. On
+the other hand, it may be possible that the other method
+yielded figures which were too low.</p>
+
+<p>Some check on the reliability of the estimates supplied
+by the various commissioners and agents may be
+obtained from two sources, neither of which constituted
+a direct attempt to assess population. These comprise
+reports submitted concerning (1) vaccinations and (2)
+distribution of blankets.</p>
+
+<p>During the summer of 1851 Dr. W. M. Ryer was
+employed to vaccinate those Indians in the San Joaquin
+Valley who could be persuaded to undergo the operation.
+Each month Dr. Ryer submitted a voucher specifying the
+number of Indians vaccinated during the preceding thirty
+days and also mentioning the tribes and areas covered.
+These vouchers are included with other documents in
+Senate Executive Document No. 61, 32nd Congress,
+first session, 1852 (pp. 20 to 23). Some question might
+be raised concerning the accuracy of the figures, but
+there is no indication in the correspondence of the period
+of irregularity or dishonesty. Dr. Ryer claimed that he
+had vaccinated, from the Stanislaus to the south shore
+of Lake Tulare, 6,154 persons.</p>
+
+<p>A somewhat smaller area was covered by four of the
+eighteen treaties concluded by commissioners McKee,
+Barbour, and Wozencraft<a name="FNanchor_1_1" id="FNanchor_1_1"></a><a href="#Footnote_1_1" class="fnanchor">[1]</a> with the California tribes in
+1851. These four treaties may be designated A, B, C,
+and N, following the order in which they are presented
+in the Senate Report. Under the agreements, one of the
+commodities which were to be furnished to the Indians
+by the government was blankets. The tribes included
+under treaties A, B, and C were to receive a total of
+3,000. In treaty N (as also in several other treaties not
+concerned with this area) it was stated that the Indians
+were to receive one blanket apiece for every person
+over fifteen years of age, and presumably this ratio was
+employed universally in the issue of blankets. Under the
+conditions existing at that time it may safely be assumed
+that the persons over fifteen years of age constituted at
+least 80 per cent of the total population. Therefore the
+three treaties first mentioned (A, B, and C) must have
+covered 3,750 individuals. Regarding the group embraced
+by treaty N it is explicitly stated that "they may
+number ... some 2,000 to 3,000." If we take the mean,
+or 2,500, then the total for the area is 6,250.</p>
+
+<p>The area included under the four treaties extended
+actually only from the Chowchilla River to the south
+shore of Lake Tulare and the Kern River, whereas the
+territory covered by Ryer during his vaccination tour
+began with the Stanislaus. Within the treaty limits he
+vaccinated 4,449 persons. The discrepancy between his
+total and that of the treaties poses no difficulty since it
+is apparent that, as would be expected with any primitive
+group, fewer individuals consented to be vaccinated
+than made known their desire to receive gifts of blankets.
+Hence the figure derived from potential blanket distribution
+is probably closer to the actuality than the vaccination
+figure. If, accordingly, we correct Ryer's report
+of 1,705 persons vaccinated <span class="u">north</span> of the Chowchilla River
+to conform to the ratio found south of that stream, we
+get 2,398. If we add this to 6,250 the total is 8,648 for
+the entire strip from the Stanislaus to the southern end
+of the San Joaquin Valley.</p>
+
+<p>In summarizing general estimates and counts we may
+discard the very high values submitted by Wozencraft,
+Johnston, and Sutter on the grounds that they were either
+mere guesses or applied to an earlier period than that<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_34" id="Page_34">[Pg 34]</a></span>
+which we are considering. There are left the following
+figures, which seem essentially valid.</p>
+
+
+<div class="center">
+<table border="0" cellpadding="4" cellspacing="0" summary="valid">
+<tr><td align="left">Ryer and the treaties (1851)</td><td align="right">8,648</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left">Wessels (1853)</td><td align="right">7,500-8,000</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left">Barbour (1853)</td><td align="right">7,500-8,000</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left">Henley (1856)</td><td align="right">5,150</td></tr>
+</table></div>
+
+<p>Since the wastage of native population in the valley
+was exceedingly rapid during the decade of the 'fifties,
+these figures are remarkably consistent. As a preliminary
+value, therefore, based upon the best general
+estimates, we may set the population in 1851 at
+8,600.</p>
+
+
+<h3><a name="ANALYSIS_BASED_UPON_RESTRICTED_AREAS" id="ANALYSIS_BASED_UPON_RESTRICTED_AREAS"></a>ANALYSIS BASED UPON RESTRICTED AREAS</h3>
+
+<p>Further examination and correction are now in order.
+It will be noted that the estimates above do not include
+the area traversed by the Cosumnes, Mokelumne, and
+Calaveras rivers. Moreover, the federal agents confined
+their calculations to those natives who voluntarily
+or otherwise were incorporated in the local reservation
+system. That many Indians were overlooked, not only
+in the more remote foothills, but also in the valley itself
+cannot be doubted. In order to assess the population
+in greater detail as well as to introduce new sources
+of information it will be advantageous to break up the
+entire region into smaller units and consider these units
+one by one.</p>
+
+
+<h4><a name="STANISLAUS_AND_TUOLUMNE_RIVERS" id="STANISLAUS_AND_TUOLUMNE_RIVERS"></a>STANISLAUS AND TUOLUMNE RIVERS</h4>
+
+<p>We may begin with the watersheds of the Stanislaus
+and Tuolumne rivers, since for this area reasonably
+complete information is available (see maps <a href="#map1">1</a>, <a href="#map5">5</a>, and
+<a href="#map6">6</a>, areas 7 and 9.) On May 31, 1851, the Daily Alta California
+reported the treaty made with tribes of this region
+and stated that they were 1,000 strong. This treaty
+(treaty E in the California Treaties) covered the courses
+of the two streams as far as their junction with the San
+Joaquin, on the one hand, and an indeterminate distance
+into the hills, on the other. Ryer vaccinated in the area
+during June of the same year and submitted a bill for
+1,010 operations. He specifies 6 bands, rancherias, or
+tribes which were predominantly Siakumne and Taulamni,
+a fact which implies that he confined his attention principally
+to the inhabitants of the valley and the lower
+foothills. In the preceding discussion it was pointed out
+that Ryer's figures are probably too low and that a correction
+should be introduced. If the same ratio is used
+as before, the value becomes 1,420.</p>
+
+<p>Adam Johnston, in a statement published in 1853 includes
+a map (Johnston, 1853, p. 242). Along the rivers
+shown on this map he has placed figures for population.
+According to him there were 900 Indians on the Stanislaus
+and 450 on the Tuolumne, or a total of 1,350. These
+are distinctly noted as reservation Indians and hence
+would not have included the entire population. Four years
+later, H. W. Wessels reported for the same area only
+500-700 persons (Wessels, 1857). These were the Indians
+left on the reservations.</p>
+
+<p>At about the same period, James D. Savage gave as
+his opinion that there were 2,500 people on the Stanislaus
+and 2,100 on the Tuolumne (Dixon, MS, 1875). In
+their report in 1853 Barbour, McKee, and Wozencraft
+refer to a statement by a chief named Kossus that under
+his jurisdiction were 4,000 persons and 30 rancherias
+from the Calaveras to the Stanislaus. Although these two
+estimates are widely at variance with those submitted by
+the officials, it must be remembered that both Savage
+and Chief Kossus may have been referring to a somewhat
+earlier date and that both included bands and settlements
+higher up the rivers than was actually reached by the
+commissioners. Hence, although the figure of over
+4,000 is likely too high, 1,000 to 1,500 may have been
+too low.</p>
+
+<p>With respect to the strictly lowland tribes there is
+but little doubt that by the year 1852 the northern Yokuts
+lying between Stockton and Modesto had practically disappeared.
+Thus the first state census, taken in 1852,
+showed only 275 Indians remaining on the lower Stanislaus.
+George H. Tinkham states that in the same year
+there were only 10 families (perhaps 50 persons) left
+from the tribe which formerly had inhabited the region
+between the Calaveras and the Stanislaus and had extended
+eastward along the latter stream as far as Knights
+Ferry (Tinkham, 1923). The valley plains can consequently
+account for no more than approximately 350 persons
+and it must be assumed that almost all the remaining
+natives were living along the border of the foothills and
+higher up in the mountains.</p>
+
+<p>One item of some significance is the discussion of the
+Tuolumne River tribes by Adam Johnston, written in the
+year 1860, definitely after the Gold Rush period. He says
+there were six chiefs in command of six rancherias, the
+names of which he gives. These rancherias "contain from
+fifty to two hundred Indians, men, women and children."
+One of these bands, the Aplache, "resided further in the
+mountains," from which one may infer that the other five
+were also in the mountains. At an average of 125 per
+band, or rancheria, this means 900 people whose existence
+was known to Johnston as late as 1860. An equivalent
+number can be assumed for the Stanislaus, or 1,800
+in all.</p>
+
+<p>The ethnographers have given us an imposing list of
+villages for the area under consideration, derived entirely
+from modern informants. There are three of these
+lists, those of Kroeber (1925), Merriam<a name="FNanchor_2_2" id="FNanchor_2_2"></a><a href="#Footnote_2_2" class="fnanchor">[2]</a>, and Gifford,<a name="FNanchor_3_3" id="FNanchor_3_3"></a><a href="#Footnote_3_3" class="fnanchor">[3]</a>
+which merit careful scrutiny. Kroeber's (p. 445 of the
+Handbook) includes 49 names, which he says are of villages
+"that can be both named and approximately located."
+Merriam's "Mewuk List" has 28 names of places located
+on the Stanislaus and Tuolumne. Gifford shows 49 villages
+which he says are "permanent," in addition to perhaps
+twice that number of "temporary" villages and camps.
+Gifford's list is probably the most carefully compiled of
+the three. The geographical location is indicated by
+counties but since his field of observation embraces
+Calaveras and Tuolumne counties, it coincides territorially
+quite exactly with the other two lists.</p><p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_35" id="Page_35">[Pg 35]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>Certain villages are recorded by all three investigators,
+others by two of them, and some by only one.
+Concerning the existence of the first two groups there
+can be little, if any, doubt. Of those appearing on only
+one list some question might be raised. On the other
+hand, the care and conservatism exhibited by all three
+ethnographers makes it very difficult to doubt the essential
+validity of their data. The discrepancies are clearly
+due to the differences between informants and the high
+probability that no single informant could recall all the
+inhabited places over so large an area.</p>
+
+<p>I have tabulated below the number of villages according
+to river system and according to occurrence in the
+lists mentioned.</p>
+
+
+<div class="center">
+<table border="0" cellpadding="4" cellspacing="0" summary="stanislaus">
+<tr><th align="left">&nbsp;</th><th align="right"> <span class="u">Stanislaus</span></th><th align="right"><span class="u">Tuolumne</span></th></tr>
+<tr><td align="left">Kroeber, Merriam, and Gifford</td><td align="center">8</td><td align="center">13</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left">Kroeber and Merriam</td><td align="center">2</td><td align="center">3</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left">Kroeber and Gifford</td><td align="center">6</td><td align="center">5</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left">Kroeber only</td><td align="center">6</td><td align="center">8</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left">Gifford only</td><td align="center">5</td><td align="center">12</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left">Merriam only</td><td align="center">1</td><td align="center">1</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left">&nbsp;</td><td align="center">&mdash;&mdash;</td><td align="center">&mdash;&mdash;</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left"><span style="margin-left: 2em;">Total</span></td><td align="center">28</td><td align="center">42</td></tr>
+</table></div>
+
+<p>We have therefore 70 reasonably well authenticated
+villages in the hill area traversed by the two rivers.
+With regard to the number of inhabitants, further data
+are provided by Gifford. His informant gave for each
+permanent place an estimate of the number of persons
+present in the year 1840. Gifford secured his material
+in approximately the year 1915 from a man very old at
+the time. If the informant was then seventy-five years
+of age, he must have been born in 1840. Hence he could
+scarcely be expected to remember population figures
+from a date much earlier than his childhood. The names
+and location of the villages themselves were at least
+semipermanent and could have been derived from the
+informant's parents even if not from his own memory.
+Hence it is probable that the figure furnished to Gifford
+more nearly represents the number of inhabitants in
+1850 than in 1840. The average value for all 49 villages
+is 20.8 persons. Yet 7 villages are stated to have held
+15 persons, 11 villages 10 persons, and 3 villages 5 or
+less persons. Such a condition argues a rapidly declining
+population, for no normal aboriginal settlement is likely
+to have contained less than 20 inhabitants. Gifford's
+average of 21 persons per village must, however, be
+accepted as representing the closest we can get to the
+value for the period of 1850. This means a population
+of 588 for the Stanislaus and 882 for the Tuolumne. The
+total is 1,470 for the foothill region. Between 300 and
+400 may be added to account for scattered remnants
+along the lower courses of these rivers and on the San
+Joaquin itself, or 1,800 for the entire area under consideration.</p>
+
+<p>To summarize, we have the following estimates for
+the Stanislaus-Tuolumne watershed at or about the year
+1851:</p>
+
+
+<div class="center">
+<table border="0" cellpadding="4" cellspacing="0" summary="estimate">
+<tr><td align="left">Savage (perhaps before 1851)</td><td align="right">4,600</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left">Chief Kossus</td><td align="right">4,000</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left">Daily Alta California, 1851</td><td align="right">1,000</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left">Vaccinations by Ryer</td><td align="right">1,420</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left">Adam Johnston's estimate, 1853</td><td align="right">1,350</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left">Adam Johnston's estimate, 1860</td><td align="right">1,800</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left">H. W. Wessels, 1853</td><td align="right">600</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left">Village lists</td><td align="right">1,800</td></tr>
+</table></div>
+
+<p>The crude numerical average is about 2,070 but since
+the best of the above estimates, the village lists, shows
+no more than 1,800, it will be preferable to set 2,000 as
+a fair approximation.</p>
+
+<p class="right">
+<span class="u">STANISLAUS-TUOLUMNE ... 2,000</span><br />
+</p>
+
+
+<h4><a name="MERCED_RIVER_MARIPOSA_CREEK" id="MERCED_RIVER_MARIPOSA_CREEK"></a>MERCED RIVER, MARIPOSA CREEK,
+AND CHOWCHILLA RIVER</h4>
+
+<p>South of the Tuolumne are the Merced River, Mariposa
+Creek, and the Chowchilla River, all within the
+territory of the southern Miwok (see maps <a href="#map1">1</a> and <a href="#map4">4</a>, areas
+5E, 5F, 6). The earliest of the midcentury counts pertaining
+to the region is probably that of Savage (Dixon,
+MS, 1875) who put 2,100 persons on the Merced but
+omitted reference to any other stream between the Tuolumne
+and the upper San Joaquin. Ryer, in a bill submitted
+July 31, 1851, claimed to have vaccinated 695 persons
+along the Merced, principally on the lower course of
+that river. The value, corrected according to the system
+adopted previously, is 977. McKee, Barbour, and Wozencraft
+in a report on May 15, 1851 (Wozencraft, 1851)
+described the proposed reservation No. 1 between the
+Tuolumne and the Merced and estimated the total number
+of Indians on both rivers as 2,000 to 3,000, or let
+us say 1,250 on the Merced alone. The map of Adam
+Johnston, dated in early 1852, shows 500 persons on
+the Merced, but these were reservation Indians. The
+state census of 1852, as cited by the Sacramento Union
+for November 17, 1852, gave 4,533 persons for Mariposa
+County, a figure which no doubt included all the
+natives from the Tuolumne to the Fresno River. H. W.
+Wessels on August 21, 1853, wrote that there were 500
+to 700 Indians on the Stanislaus and Tuolumne, 500 to
+600 on the upper San Joaquin and that the entire area
+contained 2,500 to 3,000 (Wessels, 1857). The Merced-Fresno
+region therefore accounted for somewhere between
+1,000 and 1,700. A rough average for all these
+rather haphazard estimates would be 1,000 natives on
+the Merced watershed and another 1,000 on the Mariposa
+and the Chowchilla, or 2,000 in all.</p>
+
+<p>We may now turn to the village lists. Unfortunately,
+Gifford did not work south of the Tuolumne but we have
+the list given by Kroeber in the Handbook (1925) for the
+southern Miwok and two manuscript lists of Merriam
+(entitled "Mewuk Village List" and "Indian Village and
+Camp Sites in Yosemite Valley and Merced Canyon").
+For the middle Merced Valley, from a point some ten
+miles below El Portal to the base of the foothills, Kroeber
+and Merriam both list 14 villages, to which Merriam
+alone adds another 10. From El Portal to a point six or
+seven miles downstream Merriam has found no less than
+15 villages. In Yosemite Valley itself he has located 33
+villages, of which 12 are qualified as either camps or
+summer villages, leaving 20 which he presumes are
+permanent. On the upper Merced, above Yosemite, and
+the headwaters of the Chowchilla, Kroeber has found the
+name of one village and Merriam one. Clearly this area
+has never been investigated exhaustively. For the well-known
+portion of the river, therefore, there are 59 located
+villages.</p>
+
+<p>Of the 35 village sites in Yosemite and below El Portal,
+Merriam says 10 were large and 6 small. The rest
+are not qualified but were presumably medium to small.
+Gifford's average for the central Miwok of 21 persons
+per village in 1850-1852 may be applied directly, giving
+a population for the Merced Valley in the hills of 1,239.<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_36" id="Page_36">[Pg 36]</a></span>
+To this may be added, according to Ryer and to Johnston,
+50 to 600 for the lower river, making a total of
+1,800.</p>
+
+<p>Mariposa Creek and the Chowchilla River have never
+been as thoroughly investigated as the Merced. Merriam's
+"Mewuk List" mentions 13 sites on each of the
+two streams, including the 6 given by Kroeber in the
+Handbook. At 21 persons per village this would mean a
+population of 273 for each or 546 for both, a value which
+appears rather low.</p>
+
+<p>Another approach to the problem is by way of territorial
+comparisons. There are under consideration,
+including those previously discussed, five small river
+systems, those of the Stanislaus, Tuolumne, Merced,
+Mariposa, and Chowchilla. Physiographically and ecologically
+they are very similar since the rivers all
+descend the foothills of the Sierra Nevada and traverse
+the plain to the San Joaquin through the same life zones
+and at nearly the same latitude. There are, to be sure,
+some local differences between them with respect to
+how much of their course is favorable for village sites,
+but in the aggregate the similarities outweigh the differences.
+It is of interest, therefore, to estimate the village
+density along each watercourse. This value can be
+computed with a fair degree of accuracy by measuring
+on a large-scale map the length of each river and its
+principal affluents from the edge of the plain to the
+upper limit of known permanent habitation. The village
+numbers can be derived from the lists of Kroeber, Gifford,
+and Merriam.</p>
+
+
+<div class="center">
+<table border="0" cellpadding="4" cellspacing="0" summary="vilperriv">
+<tr><th align="left">&nbsp;<br /><span class="u">River</span></th><th align="center">Estimated<br /> <span class="u">Length (mi.</span>)</th><th align="center">&nbsp;<br /> <span class="u">Villages</span></th><th align="center">Villages per<br /><span class="u">river mi.</span></th></tr>
+<tr><td align="left">Stanislaus</td><td align="center">85</td><td align="center">28</td><td align="center">0.33</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left">Tuolumne</td><td align="center">105</td><td align="center">42</td><td align="center">0.40</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left">Merced</td><td align="center">125</td><td align="center">59</td><td align="center">0.47</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left">Mariposa</td><td align="center">40</td><td align="center">13</td><td align="center">0.32</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left">Chowchilla</td><td align="center">65</td><td align="center">13</td><td align="center">0.20</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left">&nbsp;</td><td align="right">&nbsp;</td><td align="center">&nbsp;</td><td align="center">&mdash;&mdash;&mdash;&mdash;</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left">Mean</td><td align="right">&nbsp;</td><td align="center">&nbsp;</td><td align="center">0.34</td></tr>
+</table></div>
+
+<p>The figures, considering physiographic differences
+and varying coverage by ethnographers, are quite consistent.
+Only that for the Chowchilla appears unduly low
+and this in turn may be referable to an incomplete count
+by Merriam. It is reasonable to concede this possibility
+and assume an actual count of 0.30 village for each mile
+of this stream. On 65 miles of river front there would
+thus have been 19.5 villages. This consequently means,
+using Gifford's population average of 21 per village,
+273 inhabitants on the Mariposa and 410 on the Chowchilla.
+These may be added to the 1,800 calculated for
+the Merced, making a total of 2,483.</p>
+
+<p>The very approximate value derived from general
+estimates was 2,000 persons. The village data are probably
+more accurate and may be rounded off to an even
+2,500.</p>
+
+<p class="right">
+<span class="u">MERCED-MARIPOSA-CHOWCHILLA ... 2,500</span><br />
+</p>
+
+
+<h4><a name="THE_COSUMNES_MOKELUMNE" id="THE_COSUMNES_MOKELUMNE"></a>THE COSUMNES, MOKELUMNE,
+AND CALAVERAS RIVERS</h4>
+
+<p>The northern Miwok held the upper reaches of the
+Mokelumne plus most of the Cosumnes and Calaveras
+(see maps <a href="#map1">1</a>, <a href="#map5">5</a>, and <a href="#map6">6</a>, areas 10, 11, 12). The population
+must have been very small in the period of the early
+1850's owing to extreme attrition suffered from the Spanish
+and particularly from the gold miners. Kroeber gives
+only 20 villages on all three streams, most of them on
+the Mokelumne. Merriam adds another 3, making 23 in
+all. At Gifford's population value this means 480 persons.
+The official sources are of little help since none of the
+agents or commissioners reported specifically on the
+area. Evidently there were too few survivors among the
+natives to warrant the trouble of placing them under the
+reservation system.</p>
+
+<p>Savage assessed the population on the Cosumnes,
+Mokelumne, and Calaveras at 1,000 each (Dixon, MS,
+1875) but it is likely that he was thinking in terms of the
+days before the Gold Rush. F. T. Gilbert (1879, p. 113)
+says that the Mokelkos, by which he means all the Indians
+between the Mokelumne and the Cosumnes in the hills and
+as far as Stockton on the plain, had 12 rancherias of 200
+to 300 each and numbered about 3,000 in all. He, however,
+was referring specifically to the period "before
+the advent of Sutter." Likewise J. D. Mason (1881, p.
+256) ascribed to the same tribe "nearly a score of towns,
+with a total of 3,000 to 4,000." In amplification Gilbert
+says that in 1850 rancherias lined both banks of the
+Mokelumne from Ahearn's (near Lodi) to Campo Seco
+(near the present Pardee Reservoir), and that they numbered
+then about 2,000. In 1852, however, there were
+only 4 rancherias left, with 390 inhabitants.</p>
+
+<p>Gilbert was referring explicitly to the lower course
+of the rivers, whereas the villages cited by Kroeber were
+definitely above this region in the foothills. We may accept
+Gilbert's figure of 390 on the lower Mokelumne, to
+which may be added 110 for the lower Cosumnes and
+Calaveras and 480 for the upper villages, making a total
+of 980 or, let us say, 1,000.</p>
+
+<p class="right">
+<span class="u">COSUMNES-MOKELUMNE-CALAVERAS ... 1,000</span><br />
+</p>
+
+
+<h4><a name="THE_FRESNO_AND_THE_UPPER" id="THE_FRESNO_AND_THE_UPPER"></a>THE FRESNO AND THE UPPER
+SAN JOAQUIN RIVERS</h4>
+
+<p>We next turn south and consider the valleys of the
+Fresno and upper San Joaquin rivers (see maps <a href="#map1">1</a> and <a href="#map4">4</a>,
+areas 5B, 5C, 5D.) There are three counts or estimates
+pertaining to this area specifically. The first is that of
+Savage, who does not mention the Fresno but puts 2,700
+persons on the upper San Joaquin. The second source is
+the May 29, 1851, issue of the Daily Alta California,
+which carried a letter written by an unidentified officer
+who was with the Indian commissioners and in fact may
+have been G. W. Barbour. This officer refers to the
+treaty made with the natives between the Chowchilla and
+the Kings rivers and says that "the total is probably
+3,000 Indians." The third is Adam Johnston, who on his
+map ascribed 1,200 people to the Fresno and 1,000 to the
+San Joaquin (Johnston, 1853). The average of the three
+estimates is 2,633.</p>
+
+<p>W. M. Ryer submitted three reports for the territory
+below the Merced and north of the Tehachapi Mountains.
+In each he mentions the tribes vaccinated (Ryer, 1852).
+There are 45 in all, but 8 tribal or rancheria names are
+indeterminate and there are many duplicate names among
+the rest. Putting all three lists together we can get 27
+recognizable tribal names, of which one is southern Miwok,
+four are Mono, and the others Yokuts. The total
+vaccinations performed numbered 4,451, or, correcting
+to conform to the figures based on blanket distribution,<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_37" id="Page_37">[Pg 37]</a></span>
+6,255, an average of 232 per tribe. To allow for the
+nontribal and unrecognizable names on Ryer's lists
+this value may be arbitrarily reduced to 200. Ryer
+mentions in the Fresno-San Joaquin area the following:
+Chowchilla, Chukchansi, Heuchi, Pitkachi, Goshowu,
+Dumna, Dalinchi, Pohinichi (Miwok), and Posgisa
+(Mono). The Pohinichi should be excluded since they
+have already been considered in connection with the
+southern Miwok. The other nine, reckoned at 200 persons
+per tribe, would represent an aggregate of 1,800.
+However, Kroeber (1925, p. 481, and map, p. 526)
+shows four other Yokuts subdivisions within the same
+territory: Hoyima, Wakichi, Kechayi, and Tolichi.
+Although Ryer may have included these under other
+tribal names they perhaps ought to be included here,
+thus making the total 2,600.</p>
+
+<p>For villages there are two sets of sources. The
+first pertains primarily to the Yokuts, covers a territory
+substantially coterminous with that seen by the
+contemporary observers mentioned above, and is found
+in the work of Kroeber (1925), Gayton (1948), and Latta
+(1949). The second set of villages is confined to the
+Mono and is derived from Gifford (1932) and Merriam.</p>
+
+<p>The first group of authors list villages for the 13
+tribes mentioned in the preceding discussion, 49 in all
+or an average of 3.77 per tribe. With respect to size
+there is reason to believe that the settlements in this
+area, even in the early 1850's, were considerably larger
+than those described by Gifford for the central Miwok.
+The estimate of Adam Johnston of an average of 125 per
+rancheria on the lower Tuolumne has already been mentioned.
+H. W. Wessels in 1853 wrote that the Pitkachi
+plus the Noo-to-ah, a Mono group, had 500 to 600 souls
+(Wessels, 1857). Half of these, or 300, may have been
+Pitkachi, a tribe for which Kroeber lists 3 villages.
+This would have meant 100 per village. Merriam credits
+Savage with the statement that in 1851 the Kechayi had
+1,000 people. Kroeber, Gayton, and Latta list 6 different
+villages for this tribe or, according to Savage's
+figures, 167 persons per village. Ryer's total of 2,600
+prorated among 49 villages, would yield 53 persons
+each. Although it is probable that the values computed
+from the statements of Johnston, Wessels, and Savage
+are too high, that derived from Ryer may be somewhat
+too low. An intermediate figure of 70 inhabitants per
+village for the valley and lower foothills would perhaps
+come as close as we can get to the truth. This, with 49
+villages, gives 3,430, somewhat more than the 2,633
+cited as the average of the general estimates.</p>
+
+<p>Inhabiting the higher foothills and extending to the
+upper limit of habitation from the San Joaquin to the
+Kaweah rivers were the Western Mono. This tribe
+lived just above the Yokuts and at points was in very
+close association with them. As a whole the Western
+Mono constitute a racial and ecological unit and as such
+it is probably preferable to consider them as a single
+population entity than to segregate them by rivers, as
+has been done for the Miwok and the Yokuts. It will be
+necessary, therefore, to digress for this purpose and
+subsequently return to the discussion.</p>
+
+<p>The classic ethnographic work on the tribe, and the
+only work which contains any numerical data, is that of
+Gifford (1932) on the North Fork division of the Mono.
+This is supplemented by Merriam's manuscript entitled
+"Monache Tribes, Bands, and Villages." Gifford gives
+the names (text and map) of 67 North Fork villages, or,
+as he prefers to call them, hamlets. These were quite
+unlike either those of the Miwok or of the valley Yokuts,
+being very much smaller and subject to an extraordinary
+turnover in inhabitants. Gifford makes it very clear that
+each family was accustomed to move every few years
+from one settlement to another and that sites were being
+continually occupied and deserted. The 67 names are
+therefore no criterion for population. For the time of
+the American occupation Gifford estimates the number
+of persons in the group or subtribe as approximately
+300, which, divided directly by 67, would give the absurd
+average of 4 persons per hamlet. However, a more detailed
+analysis is possible.</p>
+
+<p>Of Gifford's 67 names, 2 may be deducted as being
+only camps, leaving 65 which at some period were permanently
+occupied. In his Appendix A (pp. 57-61) he
+lists the sites, together with the number of houses in
+each and the number of males and females inhabiting
+them. From these data may be computed the total number
+of families and the mean number of persons per
+family. There were 227 families in all. However, 36 of
+these are listed two or more times by virtue of moves
+made from one hamlet to another, which were remembered
+by Gifford's informants. This would leave 191
+families for the subtribe, provided Gifford recorded all
+the moves. But Gifford clearly implies that he did not,
+since his informants could not remember them all.
+Hence the number of families must be further corrected.
+In Appendix A, 15 out of a total of 65 hamlets were concerned
+in the moves recorded. These 15 hamlets were
+inhabited at different times by 61 families but many of
+these, owing to frequent change of residence, are repetitions.
+Actually there was a total of 24 <span class="u">different</span> families
+rotating among the 15 villages. Now if in the other 50
+hamlets the same process was going on, although Gifford
+was not able to record the moves, it is legitimate to
+apply the same ratio as is in fact found for the 15 hamlets.
+The crude total of 227 families must therefore be
+reduced to 89. From Gifford's complete list it can be
+determined that there were on the average 4.93 persons
+per family. This gives a population of 439 for the period
+remembered by the informants.</p>
+
+<p>On general grounds it is to be expected that the conditions
+reported by Gifford's informants were not entirely
+aboriginal. This is also indicated by the value of 4.93
+persons per family, which is somewhat too low for a
+stable prehistoric population. Moreover, Gifford himself
+states that there were formerly 44 more houses than
+there were in the time referred to by the informants
+(figures given individually for the hamlets in App. A).
+About 1850 there were 227 houses, and if 44 are added,
+the aboriginal number would have been 271. Each house
+may be assumed to have held one family but the houses
+were probably occupied in rotation. The crude estimate
+of 271 houses or families, each containing (according to
+aboriginal standards) a possible 6 persons, would mean
+a total of 1,626 for the subtribe. If, however, we apply
+the correction factor for family moves we must reduce
+this estimate to 640, a far more reasonable figure. For
+the North Fork Mono, therefore, we may accept as the
+best estimate obtainable a population of 440 for the
+period near 1850 and of 640 for precontact time.</p>
+
+<p>The other subtribes of the Mono provide no data comparable
+with those available for the North Fork group.
+Some method of extrapolation is thus called for.</p>
+
+<p>The village method is very unsatisfactory. Kroeber
+says substantially nothing on this score and Merriam,
+although he lists 19 villages for the North Fork Mono,
+gives no more than one or two or, at the most, half-a-dozen
+names for each of the other groups. Tribal distinctions
+are also very confusing. Kroeber in the Handbook
+mentions 6 Mono subtribes: North Fork group,<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_38" id="Page_38">[Pg 38]</a></span>
+Posgisa, Holkoma, Wobonuch, Waksachi, and Balwisha.
+Merriam subdivides to a much greater extent. His
+grouping may be expressed essentially as follows:</p>
+
+
+
+<div class="center">
+<table border="0" cellpadding="4" cellspacing="0" summary="merriam">
+<tr><td align="left">1. Pogesas</td><td align="left">equivalent to Kroeber's Posgisa</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left">2. Nim</td><td align="left">synonymous with the North Fork subtribe</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left">3. Kwetah</td><td align="left">included in Kroeber's Holkoma</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left">4. Kokoheba</td><td align="left">included in Kroeber's Holkoma</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left">5. Holkoma</td><td align="left">included in Kroeber's Holkoma</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left">6. Towincheba</td><td align="left">included in Kroeber's Holkoma</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left">7. Toinetche</td><td align="left">included in Kroeber's Holkoma</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left">8. Tsooeawatah</td><td align="left">included in Kroeber's Holkoma</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left">9. Emtimbitch</td><td align="left">classed by Kroeber as a Yokuts tribe</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left">10. Woponuch</td><td align="left">equivalent to Kroeber's Wobonuch</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left">11. Wuksatche</td><td align="left">equivalent to Kroeber's Waksachi</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left">12. Padoosha</td><td align="left">equivalent to Kroeber's Balwisha</td></tr>
+</table></div>
+
+<div class="blockquot"><p>Nos. 5 to 8 inclusive are consolidated by Merriam
+as smaller groups within a main group or subtribe
+called the Toohookmutch. Concerning these Merriam
+says: "Large tribe on King's River. On both sides
+but largest area on north side. Contains many rancheria
+bands."</p></div>
+
+<p>Using Merriam's nomenclature, the Nim are generally
+conceded to have been the largest single subtribe. For
+this we may take as a working base line the previous
+estimate of 440 persons and Merriam's list of 19 villages.
+Elsewhere Merriam mentions the names of the following:
+Toinetche 3 villages, Holkoma 4, Woponuch 9, Emtimbitch
+2, Waksache 1, Kokoheba 1, and Toohookmutch 10.
+The total is 30. By direct proportion the inhabitants
+should have numbered 695 but this would leave five of
+Merriam's groups with no population at all. If we consider
+that the Toohookmutch complex plus the Kokoheba
+and Kwetah are the equivalent of Kroeber's Holkoma we
+find 18 villages, which implies 416 people. Merriam
+cites 9 villages or, at the same ratio, 208 persons for
+the Wobonuch. The total for these three of Kroeber's
+subtribes would then be 1,064. If we guess that the remaining
+groups contained 500 persons, the figure for
+the Mono in 1850 would reach the vicinity of 1,600.</p>
+
+<p>In view of the paucity of the village data for all subtribes
+except the North Fork group it is proper to fall
+back on area-density comparisons. The territory actually
+inhabited by the Mono is vague, particularly on the
+eastern border approaching the high mountains. Nevertheless
+Merriam's villages furnish a fair guide in outline,
+since his findings, while very incomplete, can be
+regarded as a reasonably well distributed sample. Moreover,
+his descriptions of tribal boundaries and village
+locations appear to be very accurate. When we plot the
+latter on a large scale map, therefore, the outlines of
+the Western Mono area become sufficiently distinct.</p>
+
+<p>There are two possible variants of the method, one
+by computing stream distances and the other by measuring
+areas. Both must of course rest for their basis on
+the data for the North Fork subtribe. This in turn may
+entail some error, since the North Fork group may have
+been not only the most populous but also the densest.</p>
+
+<p>For the North Fork territory the distribution shown
+by Gifford on his map (1932, p. 18) is used plus the area
+of Bass Lake, since Merriam has found that there were
+once villages there. The southern and eastern boundary
+is taken as the San Joaquin River, because the North
+Fork Mono apparently did not cross to the left bank of
+the river. Several miles on Little Fine Gold Creek must
+also be included, according to Gifford's map.</p>
+
+<p>In this region there were approximately 60 miles of
+streams, including the San Joaquin River itself. With a
+population of 440 this means 7.33 persons per stream
+mile. The stream mileage for the San Joaquin system
+as a whole within the Mono boundaries amounted to 100
+miles. Hence the population in the same ratio would be
+733. The analogous values for the Kings River system
+are 150 miles and 1,100 persons and for the Kaweah
+drainage 75 miles and 550 persons. The total population
+would then be 2,383.</p>
+
+<p>If areas are calculated from the township lines on the
+map, that covered by the North Fork Mono is approximately
+150 square miles and that of the Mono collectively
+is 1,090 square miles. Equating the North Fork population
+to the entire area gives for the Mono as a whole
+3,195.</p>
+
+<p>We may now return to the consideration of the Fresno-San
+Joaquin region. For the lower courses of these rivers,
+mainly in Yokuts territory, three values were derived,
+2,633 from general estimates, 2,600 from Ryer's vaccinations,
+and 3,430 from village lists. We may accept the
+average, 2,890. For the Mono of the upper San Joaquin
+the best estimate, as given above, is 733. The total is
+3,623 or, rounded off to the nearest hundred, 3,600.</p>
+
+<p class="right">
+<span class="u">FRESNO-SAN JOAQUIN ... 3,600</span><br />
+</p>
+
+
+<h4><a name="THE_KINGS_AND_THE_KAWEAH_RIVERS" id="THE_KINGS_AND_THE_KAWEAH_RIVERS"></a>THE KINGS AND THE
+KAWEAH RIVERS</h4>
+
+<p>The Kings and Kaweah watersheds may be considered
+at this point in their entirety (see maps <a href="#map1">1</a> and <a href="#map3">3</a>, areas
+3 and 4). If we deduct 730 persons for the San Joaquin
+basin, the estimates for the Mono on the two former
+streams was estimated by the village method as 870, by
+the stream mileage method as 1,653, and by the area
+method as 2,465. If one regards some of these figures
+as too high, he should bear in mind that the natives on
+the Kings and Kaweah rivers were exposed to more intense
+contact with the white race for a longer period
+before 1850 than those on the relatively sheltered North
+Fork, and that their extermination proceeded with tremendous
+velocity after that date. This fact may well
+account for the inability of either Kroeber or Merriam
+to find more than a few villages on the Kings and Kaweah,
+as compared with the success of Gifford on the North
+Fork. The more exposed villages may simply have disappeared
+before the era reached by the memory of modern
+informants. If this is so, the stream mileage and area
+comparisons may be more accurate than otherwise might
+be supposed.</p>
+
+<p>Considerable evidence for a rather high population in
+this region at the midpoint of the nineteenth century is
+to be derived from contemporary accounts and from
+statements obtained by Merriam. Among the papers in
+his collection is a clipping from the Stockton Record of
+February 21, 1925, containing an article by Walter Fry
+of the United States Park Service. Included is an account
+of early days on the Kaweah by Hale D. Thorpe, obtained
+by Mr. Fry in 1910. Mr. Thorpe says:</p>
+
+<div class="blockquot"><p>When I first came to the Three Rivers country in
+1856, there were over 2,000 Indians living along the
+Kaweah River above Lemon Cove. Their headquarters
+camp was at Hospital Rock.... There were over 600
+Indians then living at the camp.</p></div><p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_39" id="Page_39">[Pg 39]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>The Indians were mostly Mono, of the Patwisha tribe.
+Dr. Merriam evidently consulted Mr. George W. Stewart
+concerning this matter, since the file also contains
+a letter from Mr. Stewart written to Dr. Merriam on
+March 29, 1926, stating that this camp was occupied
+only during the summer and that there were several
+permanent rancherias along the stream. Mr. Thorpe's
+figure of 2,000 probably refers to Indians of all tribes,
+since by 1856 all the natives from the delta region had
+been driven up the river. The 600 at or near Hospital
+Rock were undoubtedly Mono.</p>
+
+<p>In his manuscript entitled "Ho-lo-ko-ma, Cole Spring,
+Pine Ridge," Merriam has the following to say:</p>
+
+<div class="blockquot"><p>Ben Hancock, who has lived in this country about
+40 years [in 1903] tells me that when he came here
+there were about 500 Indians (Ko-ko-he-ba) living in
+Burr Valley, a few on Sycamore Creek, 600 or 700
+at Cole Spring (Hol-ko-mahs) and about the same
+number (also Hol-ko-mahs) in Fandango Ground and
+in Haslet Basin.... He says a very large village
+was stretched along the south side of King's River
+two or four miles below the mouth of Mill Creek and
+for half a mile the dome grass-covered houses
+nearly touched. There were also large villages on
+Dry Creek and one above the forks of King's River
+some miles above Dry Creek. The tribe at the forks
+is now extinct."</p></div>
+
+<p>(There is only one survivor of the Burr Valley
+tribe.)</p>
+
+<p>Although the numbers may be somewhat exaggerated,
+there is no reason why the essential correctness of this
+account should be questioned. This is particularly true
+in view of the circumstantial detail with which it is recorded.
+The Kokoheba must be regarded as having a
+population of at least 500 and the Holkoma of 1,200,
+making 1,700 for the Kings River Mono. If there were
+730 on the upper San Joaquin and 600 on the upper
+Kaweah and if 500 are added for the Emtimbitch-Wobonuch
+group, the total is 3,530, not much more
+than was calculated by means of area comparisons.</p>
+
+<p>For the Kings River as a whole the estimates of
+1850 to 1853 indicate a substantial Indian population.
+Savage (Dixon, MS, 1875) sets the number as 2,000, a
+remarkably low figure for him. G. W. Barbour and
+Adam Johnston (Sen. Ex. Doc. 4, 1853, pp. 253-256)
+both state that for the purpose of consummating treaties
+4,000 Indians came to Camp Belt on the Kings River in
+1851. Lt. George H. Derby in his careful account of the
+southern part of the central valley in 1851 says that
+there were 17 rancherias on Kings River, "numbering
+in all about three thousand including those situated
+among the hills in the vicinity" (Derby, 1852). Many of
+these were Choinimni, but at least half must have been
+Mono.</p>
+
+<p>If we accept Derby's count of 17 villages for 3,000
+persons, the average number of inhabitants per rancheria
+would be 177. For the area farther north the equivalent
+number was taken as 70. There is reason to
+believe that for the basins of the Kings and Kaweah
+Derby's figure of 177 is a closer approximation. Ben
+Hancock's description of the village on the Kings below
+Mill Creek is very graphic and explicit (see citation
+above.) If the "dome-grass covered houses nearly
+touched" and stretched along the river in only a single
+row, and if each occupied 50 linear feet, then there
+must have been 52 houses in half a mile. Allowing 5
+persons per house, in accordance with Gifford's data
+for the North Fork Mono, the inhabitants must have
+numbered 260. One of the rancherias seen by Derby was
+Cho-e-mime which had 70 "warriors." Reckoning the
+"warriors" as half the males the population would have
+been 280. Derby says the village of Notonto (of the tribe
+Nutunutu on the south bank of the lower Kings) had 300
+inhabitants. These places were of course relatively
+large and important and do not represent the general
+average. However, the village of Notonto must have
+reached fully 150 persons.</p>
+
+<p>Apart from the Mono, the tribes located on the Kings
+River were all Yokuts, as follows: Aiticha, Apiachi,
+Wimilchi, Nutunutu, Wechihit, Toihichi, Chukomina,
+and Choinimni. For these the modern ethnographers
+Kroeber, Gayton, Latta, and Stewart have been able to
+locate and identify 25 villages inhabited during the youth
+of informants. Since this covers a somewhat larger territory
+than was seen by Derby, the correspondence in number
+of rancherias is reasonably close. At 150 persons
+per village the population would be 3,750. If we add 1,700
+for the Kings River Mono, the total is 5,450. However,
+there may have been some overlap, so this figure may
+be reduced to 5,000. It should be noted that the area embraced
+within this estimate includes the Kings River
+basin as a whole, together with that of all its affluents.</p>
+
+<p>The Kaweah River from Lemon Cove to the town of
+Tulare diverges to form a delta, which originally contained
+a very large native population. At the time of the
+American occupation there had occurred a material reduction,
+which was accelerated by the fact that the region
+provided excellent farming land for the entering Americans.
+Hence the value for the population in 1850-1853
+must be relatively low in comparison with preceding
+decades. In May, 1851, according to G. W. Barbour
+(1853, pp. 253-255) there were 7 tribes on the Kaweah,
+and 1,200 people came to treat with the commissioners.
+These tribes included the following: Chunut, Choinok,
+Wolasi, Telamni, Gawia, Yokod, and Wukchamni. Of
+these, the first, the Chunut, inhabited the shore of Lake
+Tulare and should not be included as a Kaweah River
+tribe. The estimated population of the remainder would,
+therefore, be approximately 1,000, if the figure of the
+commissioners is to be taken without qualification.</p>
+
+<p>With respect to the individual tribes there are a few
+scattered bits of information. Derby (1852) mentions
+three rancherias or bands in the area: Cowees (Gawia)
+with 200 people, Thulime (Telamni) with 65 men, or
+roughly 200 people, and Heame-a-tahs (Telamni) with
+200 people. Merriam in his "Yokuts List" cites an informant
+who said that the Wukchumne "used to number"
+5,000 and occupied the valley now called Lemon Cove
+and up and down the Kaweah River. Clearly this is an
+extreme overestimate, unless the informant was referring
+to the period prior to 1800. Finally Merriam
+cites a letter by Lt. N. H. McLean, which states that
+the "Four Creeks Country" included the "Cahwiahs,
+Okuls, Choinux, Wicktrumnees, Talumnies" and in 1853
+had not over 1,200 souls.<a name="FNanchor_4_4" id="FNanchor_4_4"></a><a href="#Footnote_4_4" class="fnanchor">[4]</a></p>
+
+<p>It thus appears quite evident that the six Yokuts tribes,
+except perhaps the Wukchumni, had no more than 200
+persons apiece during the era under consideration. From
+modern informants Kroeber, Gayton, and Latta have obtained
+for the Choinok, Gawia, Telamni, Yokod, and
+Wolasi collectively the names of only 8 villages. Assuming
+the Kings River value of 150 persons per village,<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_40" id="Page_40">[Pg 40]</a></span>
+which seems to be confirmed by Derby for the Kaweah
+River also, this means 1,200 persons for the five
+tribes. Gayton and Latta, however, find 15 names for
+the Wukchumni, which would indicate a population of
+2,250. Such a figure is highly unlikely. It is probable
+that earlier times are referred to by the informants or
+that there is confusion among tribal affinities. Alternatively,
+the Wukchumni villages may have followed the
+style of the hill-dwelling Mono and have been very much
+smaller than has been indicated by Derby for the valley-inhabiting
+Yokuts. Since we cannot resolve the difficulty
+with the data at hand, it is better to accept the practically
+unanimous opinion of contemporary white observers
+that the population below Lemon Cove did not exceed
+1,200 in 1851. To these must be added the 600 Mono
+previously discussed, making a total for the Kaweah
+River as a whole of 1,800 persons.</p>
+
+<p>If the two river basins are considered jointly, the
+method of area comparisons as applied to the Mono,
+estimates by government officials, accounts by early
+pioneers, and the village lists secured from modern
+informants all apparently agree that the population of
+the region reached several thousand as late as 1850
+and 1851. We may therefore accept the total of 6,800,
+or 5,000 on the Kings and 1,800 on the Kaweah.</p>
+
+<p class="right">
+<span class="u">KINGS-KAWEAH ... 6,800</span><br />
+</p>
+
+
+<h4><a name="THE_TULARE_LAKE_BASIN" id="THE_TULARE_LAKE_BASIN"></a>THE TULARE LAKE BASIN</h4>
+
+<p>The shores of Tulare Lake (see maps <a href="#map1">1</a> and <a href="#map2">2</a>, area
+2) were aboriginally inhabited by three tribes, the Tachi,
+Wowol, and Chunut. In close proximity on the northeast
+were the Nutunutu, but since the latter have been included
+with the Kaweah River tribal group, they must
+be omitted from consideration here. Savage allocated
+1,000 Indians to Tulare Lake (Dixon, MS, 1875). McLean
+said there were 1,000 Indians "on the lakes" in
+1853, 500 of which were "Notontos," leaving 500 for the
+"Taches" and "Tontaches" (Merriam collection). The
+most reliable account is that of Derby (1852). However,
+Derby in his terminology confused the Tachi with the
+Chunut, in which mistake he has been followed by Merriam
+(under title "Indians of the Tache Lake Region in
+1850," MS). Derby makes it clear in his account that he
+found the village of Sintache (population 100) at the
+northern side of the then nearly dry Lake Tontache,
+that is to say on the southern shore of the big Lake
+Tache (Tulare). These were probably Chunut. There
+was also a small rancheria which he called Tinte-Tache
+at the south side of the same lake, i.e., Tontache (population
+50). These are likely to have been Wowol. The
+tribe known to ethnographers as the Tachi were north
+of the big lake (i.e., Lake Tache or Tulare). Their
+chief told Derby that they had 800 people and that their
+principal rancheria was northwest of the lake (population
+300). Since Derby also applies the name of Tinte-Tache
+to the northwest village, it is clear that there
+were two rancherias of this name included in his account.</p>
+
+<p>Kroeber and Gayton mention a total of 8 villages for
+the Tachi. If one of these had 300 people, as Derby
+states, then the average population of the other seven
+was approximately 70. This agrees with Derby's two
+southern rancherias of 50 and 100 persons respectively.
+For the Chunut Kroeber, Gayton, and Latta all mention
+the village of Chuntau. Kroeber mentions one other,
+Miketsiu. This would indicate a population of nearly 150.
+For the Wowol the ethnographers give three villages, or
+an implied population of, say, 220. The total for the
+lakes would then reach 1,170, or very close to the general
+contemporary estimate of 1,000. The figure 1,100
+may be accepted as a compromise.</p>
+
+<p class="right">
+<span class="u">TULARE LAKE BASIN ... 1,100</span><br />
+</p>
+
+
+<h4><a name="TULE_RIVER_KERN_RIVER_AND_THE_BUENAVISTA_BASIN" id="TULE_RIVER_KERN_RIVER_AND_THE_BUENAVISTA_BASIN"></a>TULE RIVER, KERN RIVER, AND
+THE BUENAVISTA BASIN</h4>
+
+<p>The remaining Yokuts territory is large in area but
+relatively small in population. It includes the watersheds
+of the Tule and Kern rivers together with those
+of the small creeks between (Deer, White, and Poso
+creeks) and Buenavista Basin south of Bakersfield (see
+maps <a href="#map1">1</a> and <a href="#map2">2</a>, areas 1F and 1G). The tribes placed by
+Kroeber in the region are the Koyeti, Yaudanchi, Bokninuwad,
+Kumachisi, Bankalachi (Shoshonean), Paleuyami,
+Yauelmani, Hometwoli, Tuhohi, and Tulamni.</p>
+
+<p>G. W. Barbour (1852), in a letter dated July 28, 1851,
+said that the area bounded by Buenavista Lake, Tule
+River, and Paint Creek contained a population of about
+2,000. Savage (Dixon, MS, 1875) said there were 1,700
+on the Kern River and Barbour (1853) stated that, for
+treaty-making purposes in 1851, 1,700 congregated at
+Paint Creek below Tule River. The villages listed by
+Kroeber, Gayton, and Latta for the various tribes are
+as follows: Bokninuwad 2, Hometwoli 3, Koyeti 8,
+Kumachisi 6, Paleuyami 7, Tuhohi 1, Tulamni 3, Yaudanchi
+8, and Yauelmani 7. The total is 45. The village
+size indicated by Derby for the Tulare Lake Basin and
+adjacent valley territory is 60 or 70; that for the hill
+regions is undoubtedly smaller. If we take 40 persons
+as the average village population, the aggregate for the
+region would be 1,800 and if we take 50 persons, it is
+2,250. We cannot be far in error in setting the population
+at Barbour's value, 2,000.</p>
+
+
+<p class="right">
+<span class="u">TULE-KERN-BUENAVISTA ... 2,000</span><br />
+</p>
+
+<p>On the basis of gross estimates and semicomprehensive
+counts for the entire region the population for the
+San Joaquin Valley and neighboring foothills in 1851 was
+tentatively set at 8,600 (p. 34). The detailed consideration
+of the seven subdivisions of the entire region, as
+above, leads to an estimate of 19,000, as set forth in
+the following recapitulation.</p>
+
+
+
+<div class="center">
+<table border="0" cellpadding="4" cellspacing="0" summary="a19000">
+<tr><td align="left">Stanislaus-Tuolumne</td><td align="right">2,000</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left">Merced-Mariposa-Chowchilla</td><td align="right">2,500</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left">Cosumnes-Mokelumne-Calaveras</td><td align="right">1,000</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left">Fresno-San Joaquin</td><td align="right">3,600</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left">Kings-Kaweah</td><td align="right">6,800</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left">Tulare Lake Basin</td><td align="right">1,100</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left">Tule-Kern-Buenavista</td><td align="right">2,000</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left">&nbsp;</td><td align="center">&mdash;&mdash;&mdash;&mdash;</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left">Total</td><td align="right">19,000</td></tr>
+</table></div>
+
+<p>It is believed that this total is more reliable than that
+previously given for several reasons. In the first place,
+it is derived from a careful consideration of all available
+sources in detail. In the second place, the preliminary
+estimate was weighted heavily by the reports of
+government officials, who saw principally those Indians
+with whom they were able to make treaties or whom<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_41" id="Page_41">[Pg 41]</a></span>
+they were able to collect on reservations. That this
+seems to represent less than one-half the natives in
+the territory is not surprising. In the third place,
+recent investigations by ethnographers have brought
+to light many local groups which were overlooked by
+contemporary observers, official and civilian alike.
+We may therefore accept the figure 19,000 as the population
+of the San Joaquin Valley surviving in 1852.</p>
+
+<div class="footnotes"><h3>FOOTNOTES:</h3>
+
+<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_1_1" id="Footnote_1_1"></a><a href="#FNanchor_1_1"><span class="label">[1]</span></a> These treaties seem to have been concluded without proper authorization
+from the Federal government and were never ratified by the Senate.
+They were incorporated in Senate Confidential Documents, June, 1852, and
+remained unpublished for half a century. Finally they were ordered printed
+in 1905 as a Senate Reprint and are now available under the title of "18 California
+Treaties."</p></div>
+
+<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_2_2" id="Footnote_2_2"></a><a href="#FNanchor_2_2"><span class="label">[2]</span></a> This village list and all others herein referred to under the name of
+Merriam are part of the extensive file of personal manuscript material
+collected by the late C. Hart Merriam and deposited, through the kindness
+of his heirs, with the Department of Anthropology of the University
+of California, Berkeley. Merriam's village lists were very carefully compiled
+and for many regions of the state cannot be duplicated in any publications
+which have hitherto appeared.</p></div>
+
+<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_3_3" id="Footnote_3_3"></a><a href="#FNanchor_3_3"><span class="label">[3]</span></a> I am indebted to Professor Edward W. Gifford, of the Department of
+Anthropology of the University of California, Berkeley, for the privilege
+of examining his list of Central Miwok villages, which was obtained some
+years ago through an informant and has remained unpublished.</p></div>
+
+<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_4_4" id="Footnote_4_4"></a><a href="#FNanchor_4_4"><span class="label">[4]</span></a> Merriam's manuscript entitled "Yokuts List" mentions a report from
+Lt. N. H. McLean, dated July 12, 1853, to H. J. Wessels, on file in "Old
+Files Division," Adjutant General's Office, Washington, no. H369. As far
+as I am aware, this letter has never been quoted elsewhere.</p></div>
+</div>
+
+
+<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_42" id="Page_42">[Pg 42]</a></span></p>
+<h2><a name="THE_ABORIGINAL_POPULATION" id="THE_ABORIGINAL_POPULATION"></a>THE ABORIGINAL POPULATION</h2>
+
+
+<p>In order to estimate the aboriginal population of the
+San Joaquin Valley it is necessary to rely very heavily
+on the accounts furnished by the colonial Spanish and
+Mexicans. These were primarily ecclesiastics and
+military men who entered the territory for purposes of
+exploration, to seek new converts to the missions, or
+to chastise stock raiders. The more responsible of
+these left circumstantial and, as a rule, fairly accurate
+narratives and diaries. Unless there is in a particular
+case some reason for doubt, their statements may
+be accorded considerable confidence.</p>
+
+<p>At the same time two circumstances often render
+the interpretation of the data derived from these documents
+difficult. The first is the lack of consistent
+designations for places. During the process of opening
+up the area it was inevitable that rivers and villages
+should be assigned different names by one explorer
+after another and that the same name should be applied
+to more than one locality. The second is that during
+the early phases of exploration some localities were
+visited repeatedly, whereas others were overlooked
+perhaps entirely. Hence the information available to
+us is very uneven; it permits us to achieve a reasonably
+clear idea of the population of one region but
+leaves another almost completely blank. As a result
+extrapolation by area is almost unavoidable.</p>
+
+<p>It must also be constantly borne in mind that the
+Spanish records themselves do not give us an absolutely
+undistorted picture of aboriginal conditions. It is very
+evident from the reports of the earliest official pioneers,
+like Garcés in 1776 and Martin in 1804, that
+from 1770 onward and perhaps even before white men
+had straggled into the valley and had consorted with
+the natives. There is reason to believe that these unknown
+interlopers may have introduced diseases which
+adversely affected the population and may have initiated
+a process of general social disruption. The best we can
+do is get as close to the prehistoric condition as the
+records allow.</p>
+
+<p>Two other demographic consequences arise from
+this very early white contact. In the first place, the
+documentary record, if we ignore Garcés for the
+moment, runs nearly continuously from 1804 to approximately
+1840. During this long period an uninterrupted
+change was going on among the native population: the
+population was <span class="u">continually decreasing</span>. Hence later reports
+tend to deviate from earlier ones, and indeed
+may show an entirely new state of affairs arising within
+a very few years. In the second place, the deterioration
+in certain areas took place so rapidly in the first
+part of the nineteenth century that any information
+secured from informants alive since 1900 is completely
+useless. Unless very good documentary evidence
+is available for such areas, there is no recourse
+but to fall back on the method of extrapolation and area
+comparisons.</p>
+
+<p>The principal Spanish accounts upon which we must
+rely include a few which have been published. Most of
+them, however, are to be found in manuscript form in
+the Bancroft Library, University of California, Berkeley.
+Some of them were translated for an unpublished manuscript
+by the Late Professor Herbert I. Priestley and
+several were translated for Dr. C. H. Merriam. Merriam's
+translations are on file in his manuscript collection.
+The citations to these accounts, published and unpublished,
+are given in the manuscript section of the
+Bibliography. In this text they are referred to, without
+further citation, by the author's name and date.</p>
+
+
+<h3><a name="TULARE_LAKE_BASIN" id="TULARE_LAKE_BASIN"></a>THE TULARE LAKE BASIN</h3>
+
+<p>We may commence detailed consideration of the aboriginal
+population with the Tulare Lake Basin, which
+was inhabited in 1800 by three Yokuts tribes, the Wowol,
+Tachi, and Chunut (see maps <a href="#map1">1</a> and <a href="#map2">2</a>, area 2). The first
+official visitor to the area was Father Juan Martin who
+entered the valley in 1804 in search of new mission
+sites. He found the principal village of the Wowol, which
+he called Bubal. This rancheria, he said, contained not
+less than 200 children. It was visited again in 1806 by
+Moraga, who found 400 inhabitants. Eight years later
+Father Cabot passed the site and found 700 people. Subsequently,
+it was visited by Ortega in 1815 and Estudillo
+in 1819 but these writers gave no population figures.
+Since no other village was ever recorded by name in the
+territory of the tribe, it is safe to assume that there
+was no other, at least of permanence and reasonably
+large size.</p>
+
+<p>Gifford and Schenck (1926), in their discussion of the
+history of the southern valley, conclude that because the
+village was reported as having 400 persons in 1806 and
+700 in 1814 there was a real increase in population during
+the intervening eight years. This they ascribe to
+fugitives from the coastal missions who entered the
+valley as refugees. The opinion expressed by these
+authors may serve as the starting point for discussion
+of certain general problems which are encountered in
+attempting to estimate the aboriginal population of the
+valley.</p>
+
+<p>In 1804 Martin saw 200 children. If we knew the ratio
+of children to adults, we could easily compute the total
+number of inhabitants. The age of "children" was variously
+estimated in colonial New Spain, indeed all the
+way from seven to fifteen years. The early California
+missionaries used approximately fourteen years for
+males and twelve for females. In 1793, however, the
+system was standardized for doctrinal purposes. Indians,
+both gentile and converted, were designated as
+children if they were under ten years, i.e., in the age
+bracket from 0 to 9 inclusive. Hence all the clergy conformed
+to the method in so far as they were able and
+unless they specified otherwise.</p>
+
+<p>There are certain data available which permit us to
+estimate rather closely what proportion of the population
+in California should be regarded as falling within
+the category of children. Within the missions the annual
+censuses enable us to compute with accuracy that the
+individuals under the age of ten years, between the dates
+1782 and 1832 averaged 21.4 per cent of the total population
+(Cook, 1940). This value is relatively high and may
+not conform to gentile, or aboriginal, conditions. With
+regard to these we have information from archaeological
+sources. In the Museum of Anthropology at Berkeley<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_43" id="Page_43">[Pg 43]</a></span>
+there are several hundred skeletons excavated from
+habitation sites in central and northern California, the
+ages of which have been determined and which constitute
+a fair cross section of the native population during
+the centuries immediately preceding invasion by the
+white man. Of these skeletons 22.6 per cent represent
+persons dying under the age of twenty years, and perhaps
+10 or 15 per cent persons dying under the age of
+ten.</p>
+
+<p>Further light is shed by the baptism records of the
+missions San Jose and Santa Clara (these are discussed
+in greater detail in a later paragraph) which list gentile
+baptisms according to village and distinguish between
+men, women, and children. In the two missions, from
+approximately 1805 to 1833 there were baptized a total
+of 5,217 persons from villages in the valley region. Of
+these 930, or 17.8 per cent were children and 1,939, or
+37.1 per cent were listed as men. The sex ratio is
+0.826. Evidently the natives captured and brought to
+the missions do not give us a completely true picture
+of the composition of the aboriginal population, despite
+the large sample at our disposal. It is highly probable
+that (1) the natural sex ratio was nearly unity and (2)
+many of the men were killed in warfare or escaped the
+clutches of the convert hunters. Therefore we are justified
+in setting the number of men equal to that of the
+women. If we do this, the population represented by the
+5,217 conversions was actually 5,626, of which men
+and women each constituted 41.8 per cent and children
+16.4 per cent.</p>
+
+<p>Finally, we have figures from Zalvidea (MS, 1806)
+with respect to villages at the extreme southern end of
+the San Joaquin Valley. (These are discussed subsequently
+in connection with the population of that area.)
+At two of these, after adjusting for disturbed sex ratio,
+he found respectively 13.5 and 9.6 per cent children.
+However, Zalvidea's account states specifically that in
+these villages he carries the age of childhood only
+through the seventh year. If he had counted as children
+those under ten years of age, the percentages would
+naturally have been higher.</p>
+
+<p>The data just set forth render it abundantly clear
+that the children constituted between 10 and 20 per cent
+of the aboriginal population. Since the exact value can
+never be ascertained, it is wholly reasonable to establish
+the arbitrary figure of 15 per cent. If we apply this
+factor to Bubal the result is not less than an aggregate
+of 1,333 persons, much greater than the value set by
+Moraga in 1806.</p>
+
+<p>With respect to the suggestion of Gifford and Schenck
+that the number of inhabitants of Bubal had been augmented
+between 1806 and 1814 by refugees from the
+missions the following points may be noted. In the first
+place, it has been possible to show (Cook, 1940) by
+means of the mission censuses that in 1815 the cumulative
+total of fugitives reported by all the missions in the
+colony amounted to 1,927 persons. Of these a great many
+who ran away in the earlier years were deceased. Many
+never went to the valley at all and the remainder were
+distributed from Sacramento to Bakersfield. It is highly
+unlikely that as many as 300 would be concentrated at
+one village such as Bubal. In the second place, the
+majority of the fugitives who did reach the village or its
+vicinity were former inhabitants of the locality who were
+merely returning to their old homes rather than coastal
+Indians, who would have constituted real refugees. On
+the whole, therefore, and this conclusion applies throughout
+the valley, true increase of population by immigration
+of foreign fugitives was negligible.</p>
+
+<p>A further problem of importance illustrated by our
+data for Bubal is the extent to which population estimates
+for villages were affected by local fugitivism or temporary
+scattering of the natives at the advent of the Spaniards.
+Very frequently the explorers left notations that
+the inhabitants of a certain rancheria had fled, or that
+many were absent. It seems clear that even by the year
+1800 the natives were all too well aware of the purpose
+of the missionaries and soldiers and took measures to
+defeat that purpose. For this reason, remarkable as it
+may appear, the largest estimates are likely to have
+been the most accurate.</p>
+
+<p>Returning now to the population of Bubal we find
+Martin counting "no less" than 200 children in 1804,
+indicating a total number somewhere in the vicinity of
+1,300, although most of the adults apparently had absconded.
+In 1806 the same situation arose and Moraga
+found only 400 left in the village. In 1814 Cabot estimated
+that the village contained 700 people, despite the
+fact that some may have been missing. The apparent
+increase in 1814 can be very simply explained by the
+assumption that fewer natives had fled the village than
+had done so when Moraga arrived. Cabot's figure may
+be quite near the truth for the year 1814 since we must
+concede a drastic overall reduction of population in the
+area between 1804 and 1814. Certainly the population
+can never have been <span class="u">less</span> than 700. The weight of the
+evidence at hand thus indicates that the estimate based
+upon Martin's account, i.e., 1,300 persons, is essentially
+sound.</p>
+
+<p>Further evidence of collateral importance is derived
+from consideration of the location of the village of Bubal.
+Gifford and Schenck (1926, p. 27) place Bubal on Atwell's
+Island, near Alpaugh, in T23S, R23E, that is, on the
+east side of Lake Tulare. Neither Martin (in 1804) nor
+Moraga (Muñoz diary of 1806) locates the rancheria with
+any precision but Cabot (1815) left San Miguel on October
+2, 1814, and on October 3 traveled over an immense
+plain, arriving late in the day at Bubal, on the shore of
+a big lake. This can have been only Lake Tulare and the
+west shore thereof. The next year Ortega (1815), approaching
+from the north or northwest, passed through Sumtache
+(i.e., Chunut) and went on to Bubal, where he
+arrived late at night, not having been able to find the
+village "... por haverse mudado de su sitio propio ..."
+Estudillo was the next visitor who has left us a detailed
+account of this area. On October 22, 1819, he went from
+near Cholam to a place called Los Alisos near the edge
+of the foothills of the coast range. On October 23 he went
+across the plain and on October 24 arrived at Bubal, obviously
+from the west, and found it deserted, adding the
+comment that the village "... manifesto aver ya dias
+q. se fueron a otra parte." The following day he pushed
+five leagues south through tule swamp and found the
+settlement on the bank of the lake although his soldiers
+had to wade waist deep for two leagues farther in order
+to catch most of the inhabitants. Apropos of this incident
+he says regarding Bubal: "Esta es la rancheria de gentiles
+mas immediata a las misiones, y la q. con mayor
+frecuencia se hacen cristianos en la de San Miguel."</p>
+
+<p>From these accounts it is very clear that the original
+site of Bubal was on the west, not the east, shore of the
+lake and that because of the depredations of the Spaniards
+the inhabitants fled into the lake itself, where they made
+at least temporary settlements. That these became their
+permanent home is attested by the fact that no later than
+1826 Pico stated that Bubal was situated on an island in
+the lake. Subsequently contemporary writers as well as
+the modern ethnographers agree that the principal village<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_44" id="Page_44">[Pg 44]</a></span>
+of the Wowol was on Atwell's Island.</p>
+
+<p>From the demographic point of view the chief justification
+for tracing the migration of Bubal in the first
+two decades of the nineteenth century is to indicate
+how the constant pressure of the Spaniards, through
+incessant military expeditions, could affect the population.
+Through a series of years, their native village
+site having become untenable, the people of Bubal were
+forced to seek precarious and inadequate shelter where-ever
+they might find it in the depths of the tule swamps
+until ultimately they could establish themselves in a
+new home, an island fortress where they might remain
+relatively undisturbed. Starvation, casual massacre,
+and disease coupled with exposure must have strongly
+reduced the total number. Hence a 50 per cent decrease
+in ten or fifteen years&mdash;from Martin to Cabot and Estudillo&mdash;is
+not at all surprising.</p>
+
+<p>The Chunut were first visited by Martin in 1804,
+who designated their principal rancheria Chuntache but
+gave no population figures. Two years later, in 1806, it
+was seen by Moraga, who called it Tunctache and said
+it had 250 people. Cabot in 1814 said there were 700
+persons and Ortega in 1815 found 20 males. Estudillo
+in 1819 found 103 young braves ("indios gallardos
+mozos") and 200 women, old men, and children. However,
+he also states that the captain and "la mayor
+parte de la gente" were away on a visit toward Lake
+Buenavista.</p>
+
+<p>The estimates of Cabot and Estudillo appear to be
+quite reliable. Cabot describes Bubal and then passes
+on to Suntache. The latter place he says had a population
+"about the same as the preceding," or 700 persons.
+Since Estudillo took the pains to count the young men
+precisely, his remaining estimate must be fairly correct.
+The total thus is 303 persons present plus more
+than the same number of absentees, or approximately
+700.</p>
+
+<p>Since the location and history of Tuntache was very
+similar to that of Bubal and since in the period 1815-1819
+the population was nearly the same, it is very
+probable that there was a reduction in population at the
+former village analogous to that seen at the latter. Although
+we have no concrete data, such as Martin's
+report for Bubal in 1804, which may be applied to
+Tuntache, it may be assumed with safety that the aboriginal
+inhabitants of this rancheria numbered at least
+1,200.</p>
+
+<p>The third lake tribe was the Tachi. This tribe, or
+its principal village, was first recorded by Martin in
+1804. He gives no direct figures but implies that there
+were 4,000 inhabitants, although he may have been
+referring to the entire lake area. The next visitor of
+consequence was Cabot in 1814 who stated that Tache
+"... segun presenta y por la caseria que la compone
+..." had 1,000 souls. At a distance of two leagues he
+found another rancheria, Guchame, which may have
+belonged to the same tribe, which "... segun presenta
+y informes tomados no pasara de 200 almas ..." The
+next year Ortega attacked the rancheria but the people
+had been warned and had all fled when he entered. They
+had not returned, moreover, in 1819, when they were
+seen by Estudillo. They must have been in bad straits,
+because Estudillo found them living deep in the swamp,
+in a "gran Bolson de Tule, sin poder tener lumbre."
+Estudillo gives no figures but he makes the interesting
+comment that the Tachi had four chiefs and that the
+rancheria (or tribe) had several "parts," each at some
+distance from the others. This raises the question
+whether Cabot saw the only rancheria of the tribe or
+one of a number. The village he saw he examined sufficiently
+carefully to enable him to count the houses. Such
+an arrangement is incompatible with rancherias "each
+at some distance from the others." Furthermore four
+chiefs would imply four more or less equal subdivisions,
+or four rancherias and possibly 4,000 inhabitants. At
+first sight this appears preposterous. However, the
+following facts should be noted.</p>
+
+<div class="blockquot"><p>1. The area held by the tribe extended across the
+north and west shores of Lake Tulare from the present
+town of Lemoore to Coalinga close to the western foothills.
+This comprises a greater area than the Wowol
+and Chunut together.</p>
+
+<p>2. Modern informants have been able to give the
+ethnographers Kroeber, Gayton, and Latta the names
+of 3 villages for the Wowol, 2 for the Chunut, and 8 for
+the Tachi. Although the number of villages has no strict
+quantitative significance, it does indicate the greater
+size of the Tachi.</p>
+
+<p>3. As mentioned previously, Derby in 1850 found the
+Tachi tribe to contain about 8000 individuals, of whom
+300 lived in the principal rancheria. In view of the very
+great attrition to which all the open valley tribes had
+been subjected between Estudillo's visit in 1819 and that
+of Derby in 1850 it is almost incredible that the Tachi
+should have diminished only from 1,000 to 800 during
+that period. It is much more reasonable that the principal
+village should have declined from 1,000 to 300 as
+would be indicated by the figures of Cabot and Derby. If
+so, then the tribe as a whole must have once contained
+much more than 1,000 people.</p>
+
+<p>4. Father Martin in the description of his trip implies
+that there were 4,000 people living in the vicinity
+of Tache. It has generally been assumed, and is so
+stated by Gifford and Schenck (1926, p. 22), that Martin
+was referring not only to the borders of Lake Tulare but
+also to the lower reaches of the Kaweah and Kings rivers.
+This is simply an assumption and rests upon no unequivocal
+evidence.</p>
+
+<p>5. Cabot's quite careful estimate for the principal
+rancheria shows that it was larger than Bubal or Tuntache
+in 1814. Martin's data for Bubal showed that this
+town must have contained fully 1,330 persons in 1804.
+If we disregard any shrinkage prior to that year, the
+contemporary population of Tache would have reached
+at least 1,600 if Cabot's estimates for the two villages
+in 1814 are to be credited.</p></div>
+
+<p>On the basis of all these facts the author believes
+that the Tachi aboriginally possessed one village with at
+least 1,600 inhabitants and that Cabot's figure for this
+village was reasonably accurate. In addition, the statements
+of Estudillo in 1819 and Derby in 1850&mdash;and both
+of these observers were trustworthy persons&mdash;point definitely
+to the existence of at least three other villages.
+These were undoubtedly smaller than the principal rancheria.
+In default of any concrete data each may be
+estimated as half the size of Tache, or 800 persons
+apiece. The total for the tribe would then be 4,000 or
+nearly twice as much as for the Wowol and Chunut combined.</p>
+
+<p>An aggregate of 6,500 natives for precontact times
+seems to be indicated in the Tulare Lake basin. The
+figure 1,100 was obtained for the period of approximately
+1850-1852. The reduction would then have been to a
+value of 16.9 per cent of the aboriginal level. If this
+seems excessive, it should be borne in mind that the
+area was subjected to the ravages of disease, both epidemic
+and venereal, from 1770 forward, as is attested
+or implied by both Garcés in 1776 and Martin in 1804.<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_45" id="Page_45">[Pg 45]</a></span>
+It was overrun by clerical and military expeditions in
+1804, 1812, 1814, 1815, and 1819, not to mention an
+indefinite number of private raiding parties which have
+left no trace in the documents. From 1820 to 1850 it
+was entered repeatedly by ranchers from the coast,
+American trappers of the Jedediah Smith variety from
+the southwest or north, and by New Mexican bandits.
+All these took a toll in the form of mission converts,
+battle casualties, burnt food stores, and disrupted
+village life. Finally, it should be remembered that the
+dry and arid plains of modern Kings, Tulare, and Kern
+counties bear no resemblance to the former region of
+rivers, sloughs, swamps, and lakes which once supported
+uncounted millions of game birds and animals,
+together with a luxurious vegetation capable of supporting
+a very dense human population.</p>
+
+<p class="right">
+<span class="u">TULARE LAKE BASIN ... 6,500</span><br />
+</p>
+
+
+<h3><a name="THE_KAWEAH_RIVER" id="THE_KAWEAH_RIVER"></a>THE KAWEAH RIVER</h3>
+
+<p>Together with the Tulare Lake Basin the lower
+Kaweah River and its delta from Lemon Cove to below
+the town of Tulare was probably one of the most densely
+populated spots in California, or possibly even north
+of the Valley of Mexico (see maps <a href="#map1">1</a> and <a href="#map3">3</a>, area 3). The
+repeated comment of the missionaries with respect to
+the "infinidad de gentiles" to be found there creates a
+subjective impression which is borne out by the numerical
+data we possess.</p>
+
+<p>There seem to have been two rather indistinctly separated
+divisions of the region. One, centering around
+Visalia and occupying the delta and sloughs, contained
+three tribes, the Telamni, Wolasi, and Choinok, of
+which the Telamni were the most important and numerous.
+The other, centering around Lemon Cove and
+probably extending some distance into the lower foothills,
+included the Wukchamni, Gawia, and Yokod, the
+largest group being the Wukchamni.</p>
+
+<p>Martin entered the delta in 1804 and called the
+people Telame. Moraga in 1806 explored it more thoroughly.
+According to the Muñoz diary (Oct. 19-20), the
+party noted Telame with 600 souls, together with a
+"big rancheria" one league east and the rancheria
+Cohochs two and one-half leagues east. In addition there
+were "otras varias rancherias" in the vicinity. The
+village list appended to the diary gives Telami I ("tendra
+segun corto computo 600 almas"), Telame II with
+200 souls, Uholasi with 100, Eaguea with 300, and
+Cohochs with 100. Uholasi is no doubt Wolasi, and
+Eaguea and Cohochs are probably respectively Gawia
+and Yokod. If the last two are omitted, it is evident
+that Moraga saw or knew about four rancherias, Telame
+I and II, Uholasi, and the unnamed big rancheria. To
+these must be added the "otras varias rancherias,"
+which may have amounted to another four, or eight in
+all. A population of 2,000 to 4,000 is certainly indicated.</p>
+
+<p>Cabot in 1814 was the next visitor who left a record.
+He referred to the "Roblar de Telame Rio," which included
+Telame, the largest rancheria in the Tulares.
+Cabot's Telame may well have included both the villages
+to which this name was ascribed by Morgan. If so, on
+Moraga's figures it must have contained a minimum of
+800 persons. A higher number is more probable, however,
+in view of the fact that it was the largest in the
+area.</p>
+
+<p>In 1816 Father Luís Antonio Martinez passed through
+the region and left a circumstantial account of his visit.
+Starting from Bubal, he approached the Telame area,
+reaching first the village of Gelecto, where "... encontraron
+no mas el cementerio: se habia destruido por las
+guerras ..." These wars apparently were raids and
+skirmishes in which refugees from the missions and
+other Indian villages participated. From Gelecto the
+party went to Telamni "... al llegar alli los divisaron
+de Lihuauhilame el grande ... done al dia anterior
+habian tenido una gran refriega cuyo resultado fue dar
+muerte a únos 8 hombres ..." The captain of the
+latter rancheria sent a messenger to Martinez with the
+report the place contained "como de 300 casados."
+Gelecto was one league from Lihuauhilame and since
+the latter village could be seen from Telame the distance
+between the two could not have been more than a league.
+Martinez then went six leagues south to Quihuama, before
+proceeding westward on the way home.</p>
+
+<p>Lihuauhilame contained 300 married men, or heads
+of families. The aboriginal social family consisted of
+at least five persons, and even after the disruption suffered
+from 1804 to 1816 must have amounted to four.
+The total population, according to this assumption, must
+have reached fully 1,200, with a probable pre-invasion
+value of at least 1,500. Martinez therefore gives us four
+sizable places: Gelecto (depopulated), Telame (minimum
+800 according to Moraga and Cabot), Lihuauhilame
+(1,200), and Quihuama.</p>
+
+<p>Subsequent visitors (e.g., Estudillo, 1819, and Rodriguez,
+1828) mention Telame but give no data with respect
+to size nor do they specify any other rancherias in the
+immediate vicinity. For basic population data we are
+consequently forced to depend upon Cabot, Moraga, and
+Martinez.</p>
+
+<p>In the discussion of Bubal mention was made of the
+attrition of population due to war and disease during the
+period following the first entry of the Spaniards in or
+about the year 1800. That these factors were very serious
+becomes even more evident from the accounts of the
+Telame region. Martinez describes the total obliteration
+of Gelecto, which he ascribes to the "wars." Elsewhere
+in his report he refers to much internecine fighting among
+villages and between natives and fugitives from the missions.
+Moreover, the Spanish accounts repeat ad nauseam
+the statement that this or that village was attacked or
+destroyed in the course of various expeditions, or that
+village after village was deserted by its inhabitants because
+of fear of the soldiers. It is highly probable that
+there is a great deal of lost history pertaining to the
+central valley during this period and that tremendous
+destruction was inflicted upon the native villages which
+was never recorded in the official documents.</p>
+
+<p>Hunger and disease were likewise rampant. Clear
+indication of this condition is contained in the sentence
+of Ortega, in 1815, with respect to Telame: "... encontrando
+esta grande rancheria toda desparramada por
+la mucha mortandad que havian tenido, y la much hambre
+que padecian ..." With regard to the cause of the
+"mortality" it is clear that a part was due to the killing
+by the Spaniards and other Indians during the "wars," a
+part was due to famine, and very likely the remainder
+was due to disease. Although this factor is not specifically
+mentioned, the word "mortandad" was widely employed
+by the Spaniards and Mexicans to connote the
+effects of an epidemic. Furthermore, the absence of
+disease would be more difficult to explain than its presence
+in view of the wide intercourse between the peoples
+of the southern valley and those of the coast at a time
+when the Indians of the missions were dying by thousands<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_46" id="Page_46">[Pg 46]</a></span>
+from measles, dysentery, and other contagious maladies
+introduced by the whites. The whole picture is
+one of ruinous devastation in the Kaweah delta just
+prior to 1816, with accompanying disorganization of
+the local economy and reduction of population.</p>
+
+<p>The effect of war, disease, and starvation cannot be
+emphasized too strongly, nor can mention be made of
+them too often. On account of their debilitating influence
+the populations seen in the Kaweah delta and reported
+in the documents cannot possibly be overestimates of
+the aboriginal number. On the contrary, they undoubtedly
+represent too low, rather than too high, a figure.</p>
+
+<p>Reverting now to the villages reported, Moraga
+mentions eight places, four of them by name or other
+specific reference. Martinez mentions four, all by
+name. Cabot refers to Telame as the largest village in
+the Tulares. Elsewhere (MS, 1818) he states that before
+reaching Telame there are five rancherias, including
+Quiuamine and Yulumne. Quiuamine is no doubt the
+Quihuama of Martinez.</p>
+
+<p>Telame was one village, according to all observers
+except Moraga (actually Muñoz, who wrote the diary).
+Moraga ascribes 600 people to the first Telame and
+200 to the second. The first estimate, be it noted, was
+"segun corto computo," or according to a short count.
+The estimate must therefore on Moraga's own admission
+be increased, certainly to 1,000 and perhaps more.
+In view of the size of the well known rancheria Bubal,
+fully 1,300, Telame must have contained 1,200 persons.</p>
+
+<p>In addition to the two Telames Moraga mentions a
+"big rancheria" one league to the east. Hence there
+were three villages which comprised what may be
+termed the Telame complex. No figures were given
+by Moraga for the unnamed rancheria, since it was
+entirely deserted. However, since it was regarded as
+"big," there must have been several hundred inhabitants,
+say 500. The total for the triad then would have reached
+nearly 2,000.</p>
+
+<p>The Martinez description is apparently somewhat at
+variance with that of his predecessor. Martinez saw,
+cites distances for, and mentions by name three rancherias:
+Telame, Lihuauhilame, and Gelecto. They
+were located within a radius of one league of each other
+and must correspond to the three seen by Moraga.
+Gelecto was in ruins, with only the cemetery still in
+evidence. Hence Gelecto may very well have been the
+big, deserted rancheria of Moraga. Martinez gives no
+population data for Telame but says there were 300
+heads of families in Lihuauhilame, which was, therefore,
+without much doubt the largest of the three. According
+to Moraga's figures, Telame I was the largest. Hence
+the concordance seems to be that Telame, Lihuauhilame,
+and Gelecto of Martinez correspond respectively to
+Telame II, Telame I and the "big" rancheria of Moraga.
+As pointed out previously, the total inhabitants to be
+deduced from 300 heads of families, under the conditions
+existing in 1816 was 1,200. This is twice the estimate
+of Moraga.</p>
+
+<p>An important point arises here with respect to
+Moraga's estimates. At Bubal, it will be remembered,
+Martin found evidence of 1,300 people in 1804 whereas
+Moraga reported only 400 in 1806. At Lihuauhilame
+Martinez found according to the statement of the village
+chief 1,200, although Moraga had reported ten years
+previously only 600. Furthermore Cabot, at Bubal eight
+years after Moraga, found 700 persons. For these two
+important villages therefore Moraga differs flatly with
+three other competent authorities by a factor of two or
+three. Similar instances may be found elsewhere in
+which Moraga's population figures are far too low. It
+seems difficult to escape the conclusion, consequently,
+that Moraga (or Muñoz) consistently underestimated the
+native population. The reason is not immediately apparent,
+although several possible suggestions may be offered.
+Moraga personally had little interest in such
+matters. Although he himself did not write the account
+of the expedition to the Tulares in 1806, he did write
+that of his expedition to the Sacramento Valley in 1808.
+The latter diary shows very clearly, through the extreme
+paucity of its population data, that Moraga either
+made no direct counts or estimates, or considered them
+too unimportant to mention in his manuscript. For the
+1806 trip the estimates were all supplied, obviously, by
+Muñoz. There is no reason to impugn either the judgment
+or veracity of this missionary. However, if one examines
+his account, it becomes evident that Muñoz based
+his figures either (1) on statements of gentiles or (2) on
+the number of natives seen by him. The former source
+might or might not be accurate. The latter was almost
+certain to yield too low values because the Moraga expedition
+was notoriously hostile to the natives and at
+nearly every village approached the inhabitants fled if
+they could possibly do so. Muñoz therefore consistently
+saw only the residue, a fraction of the actual number.</p>
+
+<p>For the above reasons the writer believes that a correction
+factor should be applied to the Moraga-Muñoz
+data, and unless there is specific reason to believe
+otherwise, the figures should be regarded as indicating
+only about 50 per cent of the true population. Such a
+correction should not be applied to the figures of other
+explorers, like Cabot or Estudillo, who were far more
+careful in their methods of estimate.</p>
+
+<p>If, now, we apply a correction factor of 2, Moraga's
+estimate for Telame I becomes 1,200, or the same as
+that found by Martinez for the same village (Lihuauhilame).
+On the same basis Telame II (Telame of Martinez)
+would have had 400 persons. Gelecto (unnamed by
+Moraga) was "big" but probably not as big as Telame I.
+Hence we may assume an intermediate value, say 800.
+The total for the Telame complex, or the triad of villages,
+would have been 2,400.</p>
+
+<p>In addition to the triad we have Uholasi and the "otras
+varias rancherias" of Moraga. Since Moraga gives 100
+for Uholasi we may increase that number to 200. Among
+the other rancherias we have Quihuame (or Quiuamine)
+and Yulumne, which were noted by later visitors. Moraga,
+however, in saying "otras varias" clearly means
+more than two, probably at least four. It is pertinent to
+note in this connection that some of these may have disappeared
+during the turmoil of 1806 to 1816 and that their
+surviving inhabitants may have been absorbed by other,
+larger villages. Such an explanation would account for
+the failure of Cabot and Martinez to refer to them. If we
+assume four villages at the time of Moraga's expedition
+(and of course the aboriginal number would have been no
+less), it is safe to consider them as having been relatively
+small. According to the size scale of the Kaweah villages
+as a whole 200 inhabitants could reasonably be ascribed
+to each of them, or 800 for the group.</p>
+
+<p>The aboriginal population of the Telamni and the
+Wolasi may therefore be set as closely as we can get at
+3,200. The Choinok appear to have had only one rancheria.
+At least there is one and one only which recurs repeatedly
+in the Spanish documents. This is Choynoque (Moraga,
+1806), Choynoct (Ortega, 1816), Choinoc (Cabot,
+1818) or Choijnocko (Estudillo, 1819). Moraga gave 300
+as the population, as did also Estudillo. The two values
+are comparable, if we remember the attrition occurring<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_47" id="Page_47">[Pg 47]</a></span>
+between the years 1806 and 1816. We may then apply
+the correction factor of 2 and get 600 as the most
+probable number in 1806. Such a value is also consistent
+with the status of the Choinok as an independent
+tribal entity of the Kaweah basin, although it does not
+take into account any reduction in population prior to
+the expedition of Moraga. There was doubtless such a
+reduction, but since we have no direct evidence bearing
+upon the matter it will be better to let the figure
+600 stand.</p>
+
+<p>The total for the Kaweah delta group (Telamni,
+Wolasi, Choinok) is 3,800. This is indeed surprising
+but the figure perhaps is corroborated by the statement
+of the Franciscan President for the California
+missions, Father Payeras&mdash;made in support of the
+establishment of new missions in the valley&mdash;that the
+Telame district alone contained 4,000 unconverted
+heathen.</p>
+
+<p>The middle Kaweah above Visalia was inhabited by
+the Gawia, Yokod, and Wukchamni. The Gawia are
+represented in Moraga's account by Eaguea (300 inhabitants)
+and the Yokod by Cohochs (100 inhabitants). The
+Wukchamni were by far the most numerous and for an
+excellent account of them we are indebted to Estudillo.
+This officer, in addition to being a competent field
+commander, appears to have been a scholar and a
+gentleman. His report on the Wukchamni village of
+Chischa is unquestionably the most complete and accurate
+left us by any of the Spanish explorers and as
+such is worth discussing in detail.</p>
+
+<p>Estudillo was the first white man to see Chischa. On
+this point he is very explicit:</p>
+
+<div class="blockquot"><p>... su capitan joasps, ni su gente jamas havian
+visto tropa, siendo esta la primera vez q. havilan
+llegado alli, pues hace mucho tiempo paso por abajo
+(este fue D. Gabriel Moraga en el reconocimiento q.
+hizo en 1806) y solo noticia tubo por sus amigos de
+Telame ...</p></div>
+
+<p>Consequently, allowing for possible communicable
+disease, Chischa was in its aboriginal state when
+Estudillo saw it.</p>
+
+<p>Chischa was 5 leagues east of Telame and 3 leagues
+from Choinocko. This places the village, according to
+the maps of Kroeber and of Gayton, at or just above
+Lemon Cove in the territory ascribed by these ethnographers
+to the Wukchamni. Estudillo measured off the
+dimensions of the village by pacing. The shape was
+semilunar, crescentic or approximately that of the
+sector of a circle. The short side ("por su frente") was
+624 varas long and the long side ("por la espalda") was
+756 varas. A figure plotted on coördinate paper to scale
+shows that the area was 80,000 square varas. On the
+assumption that the Spanish vara equaled a yard, and
+that an average city block measures 300 feet on a side,
+the village of Chischa would have covered eight city
+blocks.</p>
+
+<p>Estudillo caused the Indians living in the village to
+form a line before the town, with the men in a single
+file and the women and children massed in front of them.
+He counted the men and found that there were exactly
+437 warriors ("jovenes de arma") and "como 600 mugeres
+y ninos." According to the translation made for Merriam
+(MS in his collection):</p>
+
+<div class="blockquot"><p>Then I went opposite where the invited guests
+were lodged, and as they all, men and women and
+boys and girls were presented to me in a confused
+mass, I could not count them as I did those of Chischa
+but there were perhaps 600 men."</p></div>
+
+<p>He specifies the 600 men as "jovenes" and adds that
+there were 200 "mugeres jovenes." He then describes
+going behind the village to the arroyo, where he saw
+more than 100 "mugeres de mayor edad," washing seeds
+for atoles for the celebrants of the fiesta, and an even
+greater number of "jovenes moliendo en piedras dhas
+semillas."</p>
+
+<p>The extraordinary care with which Estudillo conducted
+his investigation can leave little doubt of the
+accuracy of his figures. He saw 437 "jovenes de arma"
+in front of the village together with 600 women and
+children, plus 100 "mugeres de mayor edad" and more
+than 100 "jovenes" behind the village preparing the meal.
+Even allowing for some duplication of individuals the
+population must have reached at least 1,250. The solidity
+of this evidence for Chischa renders even more probable
+comparable figures for Bubal and the other large villages
+of the general area.</p>
+
+<p>Estudillo saw 600 young men and 200 young women
+who were visitors. If we use the same ratio of young
+men ("jovenes de arma") to total population for these
+groups as for Chischa, then the 600 young men represented
+a total of 1,700 persons. These were all, says
+Estudillo, from the "roblar," or the Kaweah basin. When
+he arrived at the village, he was met by seven chiefs
+(who were already on the scene), two from Telame, one
+from Choynoco, and four from other rancherias of the
+"roblar" near the sierra. We may assume that the seven
+visiting chiefs were accompanied by approximately equal
+retinues, or 114 persons each. If two of the chiefs and
+228 persons came from the Telame district and one
+chief with 114 persons from Choynoco (i.e., Choinok),
+then the remainder, 458, were from other tribes. By
+the same proportionality factor these represented a
+total of 980, or let us say 1,000, Indians. The Wukchamni
+and their satellites must therefore have numbered
+2,250 individuals in the year 1819. Estudillo himself
+says that the population of Chischa and its neighbors
+was 2,400, but he may have included some Telamni
+among this number. On the other hand, the visitors to
+Chischa on the occasion of the fiesta could scarcely
+have included all the inhabitants of the villages whence
+they came. Some, for one reason or another, must have
+remained at home. Hence the estimate of 1,000 is probably
+under the true value.</p>
+
+<p>Now it is important that Estudillo was in the "roblar"
+in 1819. In view of the severe disorganization, "mortality,"
+and "famine" of 1814 to 1816, the population of
+the Wukchamni must have undergone a serious decline
+before Estudillo saw the tribe. Despite the absence of
+any specific figures the documents give the impression
+that the reduction of population around Tulare Lake was
+almost complete by 1819 and that the valley tribes along
+the margin of the foothills had lost fully half their number.
+It will be proper therefore to ascribe a one-quarter
+reduction to the Wuchamni, Gawia, and Yokod. If we
+accept Estudillo's estimate of 2,400 for the year 1819,
+the aboriginal population for these groups would have
+been 3,200.</p>
+
+<p>In the meantime the Mono of the upper river had
+scarcely been touched, save possibly by epidemics of
+which we have no record. It is significant that at the
+great gathering at Chischa there appeared, near the
+middle of the day, a chief with 69 men and 42 women
+from a rancheria called Apalame in the interior of the
+Sierra Nevada. These natives, probably Balwisha or<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_48" id="Page_48">[Pg 48]</a></span>
+Waksache, had never seen troops. To arrive at the
+population of the entire Kaweah basin in aboriginal or
+proto-aboriginal times these tribes must be included.
+Their strength, as previously estimated, was of the
+order of 600 persons.</p>
+
+<p>Computing now the total for the Kaweah river and
+delta as first described by white men, we find an aggregate
+of 7,600 inhabitants. As set forth previously, the
+survivors in 1850 numbered about 1,800 or 23.7 per
+cent of the aboriginal (or early historical) value. Excluding
+the relatively undisturbed Mono the comparable
+value for the lower river and delta is 17.2 per cent.
+These percentages are in close agreement with those
+found for the ecologically similar area bordering Lake
+Tulare.</p>
+
+<p class="right">
+<span class="u">KAWEAH RIVER ... 7,600</span><br />
+</p>
+
+
+<h3><a name="THE_MERCED_RIVER" id="THE_MERCED_RIVER"></a>THE MERCED RIVER</h3>
+
+<p>It will be convenient at the present juncture to consider
+the watershed of the Merced River, although this
+area lies at a considerable distance from that just examined
+(see maps <a href="#map1">1</a> and <a href="#map4">4</a>, area 6).</p>
+
+<p>In the preceding section it was concluded that only
+500 to 600 natives still remained in 1850 on the lower
+portion of the river below the foothills, whereas the
+population of the southern Miwok in the foothills and
+higher ranges amounted to approximately 1,250. The
+latter figure was based principally on Merriam's
+village lists and the population counts obtained from
+informants by Gifford for the Miwok farther north. The
+question must now be propounded whether these data,
+which appear to be fairly accurate for the year 1850 or
+even 1840, can be taken as showing the population under
+substantially aboriginal conditions, let us say those
+obtaining prior to the intense Spanish invasion of the
+valley in the decade 1800 to 1810.</p>
+
+<p>1. As a matter of generalization it can be stated that
+the environment as remembered by the oldest informant
+or even his parents can scarcely reach into pre-Spanish
+times. Hence the village populations and distributions
+as reported in good faith to Gifford or Merriam must
+have been subjected in some measure to the disruptive
+effect of the white man. The great disturbance in the
+valley itself, which was manifested by the entire extinction
+of whole Yokuts and Plains Miwok tribes, must
+have had repercussions in the near-by hills through
+disease, kidnaping, and minor dislocation of food supply,
+even though the actual territory of the natives was not
+physically invaded by the newcomers. Hence, a priori,
+one might anticipate that the populations as derived from
+ethnographic sources would be somewhat less than truly
+aboriginal.</p>
+
+<p>2. In the discussion of Gifford's data on the North
+Fork Mono it was shown, on the basis of persons per
+family and houses per village, that the population in
+the memory time of the informants was about 440 whereas
+the precontact value must have been nearer 640. The
+population residue in 1840-1850 would then have been
+68.8 per cent of the aboriginal level.</p>
+
+<p>3. For the upper Tuolumne and Stanislaus Gifford's
+population figures were based upon the values given
+by his informants for 49 villages. The average was
+20.8 persons per village, a number which was accepted
+as valid for the period of 1850. The distribution
+of population for the villages is as follows:</p>
+
+
+
+<div class="center">
+<table border="0" cellpadding="4" cellspacing="0" summary="inhabitants">
+<tr><th align="center">Inhabitants<br /><span class="u">per Village</span></th><th align="center">Number of<br /><span class="u">Villages</span></th><th align="center">Number of<br /><span class="u">Persons</span></th></tr>
+<tr><td align="center">60</td><td align="center">1</td><td align="center">60</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="center">55</td><td align="center">1</td><td align="center">55</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="center">35</td><td align="center">3</td><td align="center">105</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="center">30</td><td align="center">6</td><td align="center">180</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="center">25</td><td align="center">8</td><td align="center">200</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="center">20</td><td align="center">9</td><td align="center">180</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="center">15</td><td align="center">6</td><td align="center">90</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="center">10</td><td align="center">12</td><td align="center">120</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="center">5</td><td align="center">1</td><td align="center">5</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="center">0</td><td align="center">2</td><td align="center">0</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="center">&mdash;&mdash;</td><td align="center">&mdash;&mdash;</td><td align="center">&mdash;&mdash;</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left">Total</td><td align="center">49</td><td align="center">995</td></tr>
+</table></div>
+<p>Now it may be assumed that under normal conditions
+few if any villages would contain less than 20 persons
+and that those listed by Gifford with 15 or less were the
+victims of a general decline in numbers. Hence to the
+latter may be ascribed a minimum of 20 persons. At
+the same time the other villages must have suffered
+some reduction. Although there is no positive evidence
+bearing on the matter, it would not be excessive to add
+five persons to each of the others. Making these corrections
+the total becomes 1,340 instead of 995. The residue
+in 1850 would then be 74.2 per cent of the aboriginal
+level. Incidentally, the inhabitants per village would
+then be only 27.35, a value by no means excessive for
+prehistoric times.</p>
+
+<p>Some confirmation for these assumptions can be obtained
+by further consideration of Gifford's study of the
+North Fork Mono. As previously mentioned, Gifford
+shows the number of houses and hence the number of
+families living in the hamlets of this tribe. For many
+hamlets two or more sets of houses are given, implying
+consecutive, not simultaneous, occupancy. The
+average number of houses per hamlet occupied at one
+time is 2.7. However, informants were able to recollect
+an additional 44 houses, which had been formerly used.
+Including these, the average number per occupied hamlet
+is 3.21. Gifford's family number is 4.89, a value
+which may be increased to 6.0 to cover aboriginal conditions.
+Thus the mean size of an active prehistoric
+Mono hamlet may be taken as 19.25, or let us say 20
+persons. Since the Mono villages were intermittently
+inhabited whereas those of the Miwok were permanent
+and probably somewhat larger, the average value of
+27.35 for the latter seems in no way excessive.</p>
+
+<p>From the above considerations the conclusion is
+warranted that for the northern Mono and the Miwok the
+population as derived from good modern ethnographic
+data is about 70 per cent of the precontact value. The
+estimate for the upper Merced, derived from Merriam's
+village lists was 1,239. If the factor of 70 per cent is
+applied, the aboriginal population becomes 1,770.</p>
+
+<p>For the lower Merced Valley we are dependent entirely
+upon the account of Moraga's visit in 1806. Coming
+from the west, he crossed the San Joaquin River on
+September 27 and moved three leagues north to camp on
+or near Bear Creek in T8S, R10E. The following day,
+September 28, Moraga divided his expedition and sent
+one group north and another northeast to explore. Both
+groups found a great river, with many natives, all of
+whom fled on seeing the white men. At least one rancheria
+was found, because Moraga "adquirio la noticia de
+otras 5 rancherias sitas en el rio fuera de aquella en
+que se hallaba del parte de 250 almas, segun el informe
+de los gentiles." On the 29th the camp was moved three<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_49" id="Page_49">[Pg 49]</a></span>
+leagues ENE (more probably NNE) to the river, the
+Merced. There were two rancherias on the river bank,
+the people of which had fled through fear of the white
+men. On the 30th a party went up the Merced and found
+many natives "sin duda de sus 5 rancherias."</p>
+
+<p>Moraga then went north and returned to the Merced
+on October 7. The Spaniards saw many natives and
+were visited by 79 warriors from the rancheria "del
+otro lado del rio," i.e., on the south bank. The 8th of
+October the expedition visited the rancheria just
+mentioned; to judge by the number of men (the women
+having fled) the rancheria had 200 souls. This place
+was called Latelate, and there was another village
+near by, called Lachuo, with the same number of inhabitants.
+The next day the expedition moved on southeast.</p>
+
+<p>Moraga evidently saw two villages and heard of about
+five others. The two which he saw, Latelate and Lachuo,
+are said, on the basis of the warriors seen, to have
+contained 200 persons each. Since warriors of one village,
+Latelate, numbered 79, the estimate of 200 total
+inhabitants, or a ratio of 2.5 to 1, is entirely reasonable.
+If the other five villages had the same number,
+the aggregate for the river would have been 1,400.
+However, some of the others may have been larger.
+In the list of rancherias appended by Muñoz, the approximate
+sequence of the journey is followed. Five
+rancherias can be ascribed logically to the Merced:
+Chineguis, Yunate, Chamuasi, Latelate, and Lachuo.
+Chineguis follows Nupchenche in the list, Nupchenche
+having 250 souls and Chineguis the same population.
+Likewise, Yunate and Chamuasi have the same "segun
+compute regular." Latelate and Lachuo are given 200
+each, thus corresponding to the text of the diary. The
+other two villages are not mentioned by name in the
+list but it may be presumed that they were of approximately
+the same size, let us say one of 250 souls and
+the other of 200. Thus the Muñoz-Moraga count gives
+us 1,600 inhabitants.</p>
+
+<p>It will be remembered that the figures cited by
+Moraga for the population of villages in the Kaweah-Tulare
+region were uniformly at variance with those
+of other observers and were always too low. Hence a
+question may be raised with respect to his data for the
+Merced valley. The villages in this area, by all subsequent
+accounts, were smaller than in the heavily
+populated territory farther south. Furthermore, Moraga's
+was the first expedition of which we have record
+which explored the Merced Basin. These facts would
+tend to indicate that Moraga's figures may be reasonably
+accurate. On the other hand, the repeated statements
+that the Indians fled on the approach of the white
+men and the fact that estimates had to be made from
+the number of warriors seen leave the possibility open
+that there actually were more people than Moraga thought.
+Hence it will be reasonable to ascribe an aboriginal
+population of 250 to each of the seven rancherias, giving
+as a total 1,750 for the lower Merced River.</p>
+
+<p>The population of the entire valley then would have
+been 3,520, or, rounding off to the nearest hundred,
+3,500. The survivors along the lower river amounted
+to approximately 550 in the year 1852. If the population
+in Moraga's time was 1,750, then the reduction from
+1806 to 1852 was to 31.4 per cent of the original level.
+In view of the somewhat more remote position of the
+Merced, this figure checks quite well with the values
+found on the Kaweah River and Lake Tulare.</p>
+
+<p class="right">
+<span class="u">MERCED RIVER ... 3,500</span><br />
+</p>
+
+
+<h3><a name="THE_KINGS_RIVER" id="THE_KINGS_RIVER"></a>THE KINGS RIVER</h3>
+
+<p>The next region to be considered is the basin of the
+Kings River. Like the Kaweah, this stream may be
+divided into three sectors. The first comprises the
+delta and slough area southwest of Kingsburg and was
+the home of the Yokuts tribes, Apiachi, Wimilchi, and
+Nutunutu (area 4A). The second includes the valley
+margin and foothills, with the tribes Wechihit, Aiticha,
+Choinimni, Chukamina, Michahai, and Emtimbich (area
+4B). The third is in the higher foothills and embraces
+the territory of the Mono groups, Wobunuch and Holkoma
+(area 4C).</p>
+
+<p>The Kings River sloughs were first described in 1804
+by Martin, who mentions the tribe, or rancheria, of
+Notonto (Nutunutu) but gives no population data. The
+next visitor was Moraga in 1806. In the diary of the
+expedition, written by Father Muñoz, no mention is
+made of Notonto but in the appended "List of rancherias
+visited in this trip and the one in April" are included
+Notonto I with 300 persons and Notonto II with 100.
+Estudillo saw the region in 1819 and said that Notonto
+(only one village of this name is mentioned) had 303
+men "todos gente robusta y de armas." He also saw a
+few old women and children. Since the men are of the
+same type ("robust warriors") and were carefully
+counted in the same way as at Chischa, the same ratio
+of warriors to total inhabitants may be used. A population
+of 866 is thus indicated or, in round numbers, 850.
+Estudillo also says there were four chiefs, one each of
+the "Notontos," Gumilche, Guchetema, and Tateguy.
+The Nutunutu are thus clearly segregated from the
+Wimilchi (Gumilche). The other two names cannot be
+traced and may indeed have been those of individuals.
+The "guimilchis," in the meantime, had been seen in
+1815 by Pico, who says that they had at least two
+rancherias.</p>
+
+<p>From the ethnographers we get indication of six
+villages: of the Apiachi, the village of Wohui (Kroeber,
+Gayton, Latta); of the Nutunutu, the villages of Chiau
+(Kroeber, Gayton, Latta), Hibekia (Kroeber), Honotau
+(Gayton), and Kadestiu (Latta); of the Wimilchi, the
+village of Ugona (Kroeber, Gayton, Latta). If these
+villages actually existed in the early years of the nineteenth
+century, they can scarcely have held less than
+250 persons apiece and the population would have been
+in the vicinity of 1,500.</p>
+
+<p>From the Spanish accounts we find evidence of at
+least four villages: originally two (perhaps later one)
+of the Nutunutu and two of the Wimilchi. One of the
+latter may have been in fact the principal village of the
+Apiachi. The Nutunutu, whether as a single village or
+as a tribe, seem to have amounted to fully 850 persons
+at the time of Estudillo. Since these groups had been
+exposed to expeditions beginning in 1804, it is very
+probable that they had undergone considerable attrition
+before they were observed by Estudillo. This point of
+view is supported by Estudillo's remark that he requested
+the warriors of Notonto to meet him <span class="u">without
+their weapons</span> because this rancheria "es la mas velicosa
+y terrible de los Tulares." Hence it is quite probable
+that the aboriginal population reached 1,200. A
+value of 500 may be assigned arbitrarily to the other
+villages or tribes, for Estudillo mentions three chiefs
+apart from the Notontos and Pico says that the Wimilchi
+had at least two rancherias. The probable aboriginal
+population for the entire area is therefore 1,700.</p>
+
+<p>By the year 1850 the tribes of the Kings River delta
+were represented, according to the account of G. H.<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_50" id="Page_50">[Pg 50]</a></span>
+Derby, only by the rancheria of Notonto which then had
+300 inhabitants. The population had thus fallen to 17.6
+per cent of its former value. A footnote to the decline
+of the native inhabitants in this region is the fact that
+within a year or two after Derby's visit the village of
+Notonto was attacked by American cattlemen and farmers.
+The rancheria was devastated and 200 of the 300
+people present were massacred in cold blood.</p>
+
+<p>For the second sector of the Kings River we are
+dependent primarily upon the record of the Moraga
+expedition. Moraga and Muñoz evidently covered the
+river from the vicinity of Reedley to, or nearly to, the
+junction of the main stream and Mill Creek. The villages
+mentioned by them belonged principally to the Aiticha
+and the Choinimni. The Wechihit and the Toihicha may
+have been included but the Chukamina, Michahai, and
+Emtimbich seem to have been overlooked. Hence the
+figures given by Moraga are undoubtedly incomplete.</p>
+
+<p>On October 16, 1806, having arrived from the San
+Joaquin River two days previously, Moraga sent out
+two scouting parties. One went upstream and found a
+rancheria of "como de 60 almas," called Ayquiche (or
+Aycayche). They were no doubt among the Aiticha,
+above Sanger. Here they heard about, but did not see,
+six other rancherias "sitas a la orillas del rio por la
+parte de la sierra." The other party went downstream
+and found three villages close together on a spacious
+plain along the banks of the river. They had a total of
+400 inhabitants, but most of the people had fled. The
+"List of rancherias visited in this trip and the one in
+April" gives the names of these villages: Aycayche,
+which "according to the Indians" had 200 people, Ecsaa
+with 100, Chiaja with 100, and Xayuase with 100. In
+addition there was Capitau, which was very small and
+a "sugeto" of Xayuase. It had about 10 people. Apparently
+in October Muñoz and Moraga found only 60 Indians
+left in Aycayche, whereas in April they learned that
+it really contained 200. The difference must be ascribed
+to fugitivism.</p>
+
+<p>The three downstream villages are credited by the
+"List" with 100 inhabitants apiece, but the diary states
+that there was a total of 400. The latter figure is more
+likely to be correct. Thus, with Aycayche, Moraga saw
+in this sector four villages and 600 persons. The other
+group of villages, six in number, was farther toward
+the mountains and no particular information concerning
+them is given in the diary. The "List," however, is
+more explicit. Under Aycayche it is stated:</p>
+
+<div class="blockquot"><p>Aqui hay otras 6 rancherias que no se pudieron reconocer
+y son todos, segun la noticia de los indios
+de esta rancheria como del porte de almas de
+Pizcache.</p></div>
+
+<p>Pizcache is said to contain 200 souls. An aggregate of
+1,200 persons is therefore indicated or, for the entire
+region seen by Moraga, 1,800.</p>
+
+<p>The middle course of the Kings River has been discussed
+in the preceding section and it has been pointed
+out that in the middle of the nineteenth century this
+region was relatively heavily populated. The accounts
+of several contemporary observers indicate that in
+1850 or thereabouts somewhere between 2,000 and 4,000
+natives were still to be found between the remnants of
+the Nutunutu on the west and the foothills Mono on the
+east. The ethnographic data supplied by Kroeber, Gayton,
+Latta, and Stewart show approximately 25 villages
+remembered by informants. If we use the fairly conservative
+average of 150 persons per village, the total
+is 3,750. To assume 3,500 is merely to stay within the
+bounds of the existing evidence.</p>
+
+<p>If we accept tentatively 3,500 as the number of Indians
+on the middle Kings River in midcentury, then we are
+confronted with the problem of backward extrapolation.
+For the Tulare-Kaweah region the probable decline from
+1800 to 1850 was probably to the level of approximately
+20 per cent of the original value. Direct application of
+this factor to the Kings River gives a value for 1800 of
+17,500. This is manifestly far too high. For the Mono
+and the Miwok in the upper foothills many facts point to
+a population decline to approximately 70 per cent of the
+prehistoric value. Application of this factor gives 5,000
+for the Kings River, a high but not impossible figure.</p>
+
+<p>Other considerations are worth mention at this point.
+In his diary of 1826 José Dolores Pico describes his
+adventures on the Kings River in January of that year.
+He was chasing stock thieves and trying to recover
+stolen animals. From January 10 to January 14 he beat
+back and forth along the Kings River, from the sloughs
+to the foothills, attacking every Indian in sight. The
+results were discouraging. He captured no animals,
+killed not over a score of natives, and was completely
+outmanoeuvered by the combined forces of the Wimilchi,
+the Notontos, and Chukamina. The entire tenor of the
+document suggests an active, competent, and quite
+powerful local confederacy of tribes. This diary of Pico
+describes the only expedition to the Kings River of which
+we have documentary knowledge between 1806 and the
+coming of the Americans.</p>
+
+<p>These facts suggest, first, that there was a sizable
+population which managed to maintain itself reasonably
+well for several decades along the Kings River. Secondly,
+they suggest that there may perhaps have been a slow
+migration of the more exposed valley people, like the
+Nutunutu, higher up the river. Both these factors would
+tend to keep the population decline to a minimum.</p>
+
+<p>In view of the confusion surrounding the evidence in
+this area and in view of the apparent inadequacy of the
+Moraga figures the aboriginal population of the middle
+Kings River may be set at 5,000, with the full realization
+that this value represents the best guess under the
+circumstances.</p>
+
+<p>The upper river was inhabited by the Mono groups,
+Holkoma and Wobonuch, for which an 1850 population of
+1,700 was computed. The decline to 70 per cent may be
+accepted here without serious reservation; hence the
+original number would have been 2,340. Adding the
+values for the three sectors of the river we get 9,130
+or, estimating to the nearest hundred, 9,100.</p>
+
+<p class="right">
+<span class="u">KINGS RIVER ... 9,100</span>
+</p>
+
+
+<h3><a name="UPPER_SAN_JOAQUIN_FRESNO_AND_CHOWCHILLA_RIVERS_AND_MARIPOSA_CREEK" id="UPPER_SAN_JOAQUIN_FRESNO_AND_CHOWCHILLA_RIVERS_AND_MARIPOSA_CREEK"></a>UPPER SAN JOAQUIN, FRESNO, AND
+CHOWCHILLA RIVERS AND MARIPOSA CREEK</h3>
+
+<p>The area between the Merced and the Kings rivers
+(see maps <a href="#map1">1</a> and <a href="#map4">4</a>, area 5), which includes the courses
+of the upper San Joaquin, the Fresno, and the Chowchilla
+rivers, together with Mariposa Creek, is very poorly
+represented in the early documentary sources. The
+central valley itself, as far as the foothills, was apparently
+traversed by numerous expeditions and raids,
+and the population was largely missionized, killed, or
+dispersed. The written record is, however, quite inadequate.
+It is therefore not feasible to consider each
+of these river systems separately, as was done in the<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_51" id="Page_51">[Pg 51]</a></span>
+discussion of the population about 1850. It is preferable
+to discuss the entire region as a unit and, when necessary,
+pass to indirect methods of estimate.</p>
+
+<p>The Pitkachi on the San Joaquin are mentioned in
+1806 by Moraga, who allows 200 persons to their rancheria.
+The tribe appears again in the baptism record of
+Soledad Mission (MS in the Bancroft Library, Berkeley)
+according to which 205 Indians from "Picatche" were
+baptized from 1821 to 1824 and another 18 in 1831. An
+additional 23 came from rancherias in the vicinity, a
+total of 246. Another rancheria, Capicha, is referred
+to by Pico in 1815, who said it was uninhabited at that
+time, the inhabitants having fled to the mountains. As
+late as 1853 Wessels said that the Pitcache, together
+with the Noo-to-ah, a Mono group, numbered 500 to 600
+souls. Kroeber mentions three villages remembered by
+modern informants.</p>
+
+<p>If 246 Indians were baptized in one mission, the tribe
+as a whole must have numbered at least four times as
+many, or 1,000. If two fair-sized rancherias are mentioned
+by the Spanish observers, the entire tribe may
+well have possessed four or five, which again implies
+a population of 1,000. If there were approximately 300
+survivors in 1853, by comparison with other open
+valley areas the original population must have been
+fully three or four times as great, or perhaps 1,200.
+If three rancherias were known to modern informants,
+they must formerly have been important places with
+anywhere from 200 to 400 people, again indicating a
+total of 1,000 for the tribe.</p>
+
+<p>Concerning the Hoyima there are two references,
+one by Pico in 1826 and one by Rodriguez in 1828. Pico
+states merely that he attacked the rancheria and captured
+40 gentiles and 1 Christian, a fact which in itself
+would not furnish a very significant clue to population.
+He also noted "mucha guesamenta y cueros casi frescos
+de caballada que habian matado."</p>
+
+<p>The account by Rodriguez is more circumstantial.
+This soldier went along the San Joaquin River in late
+April of 1828. On the 24th he sent a group of men to
+scout the "rancheria de los Joyimas, que es adonde an
+comido la caballada." At dawn the next day they attacked
+the village, "que estaba en medio de los dos brazos del
+rio" (the San Joaquin west or northwest of Fresno). He
+captured 26 Indians and 27 animals (horses). Another
+60 or 80 horses escaped "en el monte." At about this
+time a gentile captain came from a rancheria designated
+Guche or Getche, depending upon how one deciphers the
+handwriting of the manuscript. He "vino a los Joyimas
+a comer caballo." The rancheria named here is probably
+that of the Heuchi on the Fresno River. This gentile
+said there was another rancheria "mas arriba" at which
+there were horses. Rodriguez sent Simeon Castro to
+investigate. He found no one at the rancheria mentioned
+but went on 2 leagues to another rancheria, likewise
+deserted but containing the carcasses of 100 dead horses,
+which had been slaughtered and were about to be eaten.
+It was noted by Rodriguez that: "Estas 3 rancherias son
+una misma que es la de los Jaimes." It was also remarked
+that the rancheria was divided when the horses
+arrived in order to eat with less fear of detection. From
+this account it is clear that the Joyimas had at least
+three villages. Allowing somewhat over 300 persons
+each, the population of the group would reach 1,000.</p>
+
+<p>The slaughtered horses open up an interesting field
+of speculation. It is clear that by 1828 large segments of
+the aboriginal population had entirely given up the sedentary
+ancestral mode of life in favor of an existence based
+upon stock raiding. To do this it was necessary to recast
+village life completely&mdash;as is suggested by the fact that
+the rancheria was "divided" when the horses arrived. In
+order to catch the horses for food other horses were
+essential for rapid transportation to and from the coastal
+settlements. New arts and skills had to be learned, and
+new categories of labor had to be evolved.</p>
+
+<p>Rodriguez found among the Hoyima as a whole 87 to
+107 live horses (27 captured, 60-80 in the wilderness),
+which were presumably about to be killed and eaten,
+together with 100 animals already slaughtered. The
+total thus reached approximately 200. The question now
+is pertinent: how much food can be obtained from 200
+horses? If we assume that each of these relatively light
+range animals weighed 800 pounds, we may deduct about
+25 per cent to account for bones, hide, certain of the
+viscera, and other inedible parts, leaving 600 pounds
+which the Indians could and did consume. The aggregate
+is 120,000 pounds of meat. If this meat was dried and
+preserved, according to general practice, it was sufficient
+to supply 329 persons the equivalent of one pound
+of fresh meat per day for one calendar year. If it had
+to be consumed immediately or within a few days, and
+if every man, woman, and child ate 20 pounds apiece,
+it was adequate for 6,000 people. If the entire tribe, not
+merely one rancheria, divided the meat into equal shares,
+and if the tribe numbered 1,000 persons, then the share
+of each individual amounted to 120 pounds. Whether these
+figures are strictly accurate is irrelevant. They merely
+emphasize that a quite sizable group must have been
+concerned. We may therefore regard the Hoyima as being
+as large a tribe as the Pitcache, and estimate that the
+population was at least 1,000.</p>
+
+<p>The remaining two tribes in the valley proper, as
+listed by Kroeber and others, were the Heuchi and the
+Chauchila. They occupied the north bank of the Fresno
+River and the distributaries of the Chowchilla River.
+The ethnographic data include no more than one or two
+villages for each tribe. The Heuchi are referred to by
+Rodriguez, who says that the rancheria of the "Jeuche"
+was completely deserted. However, since it was the
+principal tribal village, it must have contained at least
+200 persons. The Chauchila were also noticed by Rodriguez,
+who says that at "Chausila" he "captured" 142
+people and "killed many." If we concede that as many
+escaped as were captured or killed, there must have
+been fully 400 in all.</p>
+
+<p>The Nupchenches, although they are merely mentioned
+as a possible tribe by Kroeber (Handbook, p. 485) and
+are doubtfully recorded by Schenck (1926), occupied an
+important position in the early nineteenth century. Indeed,
+the failure of Kroeber and Schenck to consider
+them seriously makes it necessary to set forth in some
+detail the information about them contained in the Spanish
+reports.</p>
+
+<p>These natives were distributed along the San Joaquin
+River from its big bend near Mendota to approximately
+the mouth of the Merced (see map <a href="#map4">4</a>, area 5A). The first
+mention of them is by Moraga in the diary of 1806. He
+found two rancherias, Nupchenche with 250 people and
+Cutucho with 400 souls which was "junto a la primera
+llamada Nupchenche." This means that Cutucho was close
+to but at that time not necessarily part of Nupchenche.
+From the description in the diary Nupchenche was situated
+at or near the mouth of Santa Rita Slough in T9S,
+R12E, and this is almost exactly where Schenck places
+it on his map (Schenck, 1926, p. 133). The next visitor
+who left a record was José Dolores Pico in 1815. On
+November 7 he left San Luis Gonzaga in western Merced
+County (in approximately T10S, R8E) and went east to the<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_52" id="Page_52">[Pg 52]</a></span>
+Tulares at "Arroyo nombrado San Jose," which was
+close to the rancheria of the Cheneches. At dawn of
+the 8th he attacked the village and captured 66 persons,
+but "... la mayor parte de esta gente se fue p<sup>r</sup> estar
+dha rancheria en mal parage." The gentiles said that
+4 leagues up the San Joaquin River was Nupchenche,
+thus placing Cheneches on the river in the southern
+part of T8 S, R11E. This location checks well with the
+statement made elsewhere in the diary by Pico that
+Cheneches was near the junction of the San Joaquin and
+"Las Mariposas," or Mariposa Creek. If Pico captured
+66 persons but "the majority" escaped, the total number
+must have reached from 200 to 400, if not more.</p>
+
+<p>Pico then scouted Nupchenche and learned that all
+the inhabitants had fled. He therefore by-passed the
+village and went 8 leagues southeast up the San Joaquin
+to the rancheria Copicha. This rancheria, which by the
+way must not be confused with the Cutucho of Moraga,
+was thus located on the river several miles north of
+Firebaugh, probably near or in T11S, R13E. As a check
+on this location is Pico's further statement that Copicha
+was in the valley of the San Joaquin "junto del Tecolote,"
+or the Chowchilla. On November 10 he moved 8 leagues
+southeast from Copicha and saw horses from the rancheria
+Tape, which, from the distances, was near Mendota.
+This view is supported by Estudillo, who saw the
+region in 1819 and says that the spot "... donde Tape
+tenia su rancheria" was 24 leagues south of Cheneches
+and 25 leagues north of Notonto. Actually, Mendota
+appears to be approximately halfway between these two
+points.</p>
+
+<p>Pico mentions one other village, Malim, which he
+places near Cheneches. Confirmation is found in a
+letter of Fr. Marcelino Marquinez (MS) on May 25,
+1816, stating that the Cheneches recently have killed
+two Christians from Malim. The latter rancheria thereupon
+allied itself with Notoalh and Luchamme. No other
+trace of the two last-named villages is found.</p>
+
+<p>Other writers who mention the Nupchenches group
+include Fr. Antonio Jaime, who mentions Cutuchu (MS,
+1816) as a rancheria from which Soto brought back
+gentiles, and Ortega, who, in his 1815 diary, mentions
+Cupicha as having been attacked by Pico. Finally
+Inocente Garcia in his manuscript of 1878 records an
+expedition against the Nupuchineches under Ignacio
+Vallejo. The rancheria, even in the 1830's was "muy
+Populosa." The expedition captured 100 warriors and
+300 of all ages and sexes, arguing a population of over
+the 300 claimed as captives.</p>
+
+<p>From these accounts emerge six rancherias, each of
+which is mentioned independently by at least two writers.
+From north to south they were: Cheneches and Malim,
+Nupchenches and Cutucho, Copicha, Tape. Moraga says
+Nupchenches had 250 people and Cutucho had 400. From
+Pico's statement concerning captives we may ascribe a
+minimum of 300 to Cheneches, and Copicha, Malim,
+and Tape can scarcely have been much smaller. Hence
+the entire group can have numbered no less than 1,800
+in 1816.</p>
+
+<p>At Tape on November 23 Pico found 16 live horses
+and mules recently killed together with "mucha carne
+enterciada." If we neglect the meat, 254 whole animals,
+dead or alive, were actually counted. From November
+25 to 28 the party traveled steadily from Tape to
+Cheneches. From Tape to Cheneches inclusive they
+saw 500 dead horses. It is not clear whether the 238
+animals seen at Tape were included in this figure. If,
+however, assuming that they were, we use the same
+ratio of dead horses to inhabitants as was discussed
+with respect to the Hoyima, these villages should have
+contained 2,500 persons. This figure is quite reasonable
+if we grant that the horses were to be consumed by the
+entire group of villages, rather than only one or two of
+them, and may be provisionally accepted.</p>
+
+<p>On the basis of the records presented, a probable
+population value for the valley floor between the Merced
+and the Kings rivers in the decade 1810-1820 was 5,100.
+But this may well be an underestimate and be representative
+of the aboriginal population. Evidence pointing in
+this direction is the almost complete obliteration of
+these tribes before 1850. That very serious attrition
+was going on among these exposed people is evident from
+the records of all the explorers. The massacre and kidnaping
+described by Pico is itself significant. In addition,
+we have the discussion by Estudillo in 1819, who found
+almost the entire surviving population of Tape sick and
+dying. He also points out that at the moment there were
+no less than four expeditions, including his own, ranging
+up and down the open valley, bent upon destruction. To
+explore the problem further indirect methods must be
+employed. We may therefore turn to estimates based
+upon stream distances.</p>
+
+<p>If minor local variation is disregarded, the habitat
+provided by the Merced and the Kings rivers from the
+lower foothills out to the center of the valley is in no
+essential respect different from that characterizing the
+Mariposa, the Chowchilla, the Fresno, and the San
+Joaquin throughout its length below the foothills. The
+native villages were spaced more or less uniformly
+along the larger rivers. Hence an approximate proportionality
+should have existed between riverbank distance
+and the number of inhabitants. No high degree of precision
+can be expected from calculations based upon
+these premises but the method yielded rational results
+for the period centering around 1850 and from it the
+correct order of magnitude should be obtainable.</p>
+
+<p>Airline distances are used for the rivers. The general
+course of all the streams is substantially straight and the
+numerous small meanders are uniform in size and occurrence
+throughout the area. Three river sectors are used
+as a basis: the lower Merced River, the middle Kings
+River from and including Mill Creek to Kingsburg plus
+the principal tributaries, and the lower Kings from
+Kingsburg to Lemoore. The data are compiled briefly
+as follows in tabular form.</p>
+
+
+<div class="center">
+<table border="0" cellpadding="4" cellspacing="0" summary="rivers">
+<tr><th align="center">River<br /><span class="u">Sector</span></th><th align="center">Miles<br /><span class="u">in Length</span></th><th align="center">&nbsp;<br /><span class="u">Population</span></th><th align="center">Persons per<br /><span class="u">River Mile</span></th></tr>
+<tr><td align="left">Lower Merced</td><td align="center">32</td><td align="center">1,750</td><td align="center">55</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left">Middle Kings</td><td align="center">75</td><td align="center">5,000</td><td align="center">67</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left">Lower Kings</td><td align="center">20</td><td align="center">1,500</td><td align="center">75</td></tr>
+</table></div>
+<p>Despite the uneven nature of the basic information
+these figures show considerable internal consistency.
+The mileage of the San Joaquin, Fresno, Chowchilla,
+and Mariposa amounts collectively to approximately 190
+miles (the four streams west of Kroeber's line of the
+valley Yokuts and down the San Joaquin as far as the
+mouth of Bear Creek). At 65 persons per mile (the approximate
+mean of the three values cited above) the
+population would be 12,350, or, let us say an even
+12,000. This is more than double the number indicated
+directly by the Spanish accounts. It has been pointed out,
+however, that these accounts are incomplete with respect
+to the villages seen and recorded. Furthermore the
+records demonstrate a condition of severe disorganization
+on the part of the native society. Hence the indirectly<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_53" id="Page_53">[Pg 53]</a></span>
+computed figure may reflect more closely the aboriginal
+population level.</p>
+
+<p>The population in 1850 for the part of the Yokuts
+territory here being discussed was considered in a previous
+section. The best estimates were found to be
+1,000 for the Mariposa and Chowchilla and 2,900 for
+the Fresno and San Joaquin. The total, 3,900 is 32.5
+per cent of the estimated aboriginal population and represents,
+therefore, a reduction of the same general
+extent as was demonstrated for the Kaweah-Tulare
+Lake region.</p>
+
+<p>The foothill region drained by the four rivers being
+discussed includes the extreme northern Yokuts tribes,
+the North Fork Mono, and some of the southern Miwok.
+In the consideration of the 1852 population it was not
+advantageous to segregate river sectors as has been
+done for the earlier data. This is because, with certain
+exceptions, the data pertaining to the later period cover
+as a rule the entire stretch of each river, rather than
+the central valley plain as distinct from the foothills.
+Nevertheless it is possible to arrive at the result desired
+indirectly.</p>
+
+<p>For the Yokuts on the middle Fresno River it was
+concluded that the average number of inhabitants per
+village was 60. This value was based on village numbers
+and general estimates for the period of 1850 and included
+also the assumption that the villages had been
+much reduced in size by that year. For precontact
+times it is quite justifiable to maintain that the average
+size was of the order of that demonstrated for the Kings
+and the Merced, or let us say 150. The tribes on the
+Fresno and San Joaquin not seen or at least not reported
+by the Spanish writers are the Gashowu, Wakichi, Kechayi,
+Dumna, Toltichi, Dalinchi, and Chukchansi. The
+total number of villages recognized for these seven
+tribes by Kroeber, Gayton, and Latta is 36. This total
+of course rests on the memory of informants and pertains
+to conditions in the period 1840 to 1850 or perhaps
+1860. There is no proof whatever that the village number
+in 1800 was the same, yet the whole history of
+Indian-white contact in the valley region leads one to
+believe that it can hardly have been smaller. Since there
+is no evidence to the contrary and since the hypothesis
+is inherently reasonable, we may concede 36 villages of
+150 persons each or 5,400 in all.</p>
+
+<p>For the southern Miwok on the upper Mariposa and
+Chowchilla, calculated by means of village counts and
+Gifford's average of 21 Indians per village, the values
+of 273 and 410 respectively were obtained. The factor
+of a reduction to 70 per cent of the aboriginal population
+may be here applied, yielding a total of 975 for the
+two streams. The figure for the North Fork Mono in
+prehistoric times has already been placed at 640.</p>
+
+<p>If we now add 12,000 for the valley and marginal
+Yokuts, 5,400 for the foothill Yokuts between the Miwok
+border and the Kings River, 975 for the southern Miwok
+on the Mariposa and Chowchilla and 640 for the North
+Fork Mono the total becomes 19,015.</p>
+
+<p>The validity of this figure can be subjected to a check
+through comparison by area. This method cannot be expected
+to show up minor or secondary errors but it will
+bring to light any fundamental or serious discrepancies.
+We may block out four major regions: the Kaweah-Tulare
+Lake, the Kings River, the Merced River, and the
+segment between the Merced and the Kings. Each of
+these represents fundamentally the same type of environment,
+i.e., a rough strip extending southwest to northeast,
+beginning with the lakes and sloughs of the central
+valley axis, passing across the valley floor to the foothills,
+and reaching ultimately the middle altitudes of the
+Sierra Nevada. Four cross sections are thus obtained,
+differing in width but fairly uniformly including the habitats
+represented. It should be noted that the water surface
+of Lake Tulare as it existed in 1860 has been deducted
+from the area of the Kaweah-Tulare region; also
+that the two northern regions include a relatively greater
+expanse of uninhabitable mountain territory than do the
+two southern regions. The western boundary has been
+drawn along a line approximately five miles west of the
+San Joaquin River and the prolongation of its axis toward
+the lake. The westward extension of the Tachi toward
+Coalinga had to be neglected since there are no clear
+tribal boundaries in this area. The number of square
+miles was computed by township lines and the error of
+estimate must be considered at least plus or minus 20
+per cent. The results follow:</p>
+
+
+<div class="center">
+<table border="0" cellpadding="4" cellspacing="0" summary="western">
+<tr><th align="left">&nbsp;<br />&nbsp;<br /><span class="u">Region</span></th><th align="center">&nbsp;<br />Area<br /><span class="u">(sq. mi.)</span></th><th align="center">&nbsp;<br />&nbsp;<br /><span class="u">Population</span></th><th align="center">Population<br />density<br /><span class="u">per sq. mi.</span></th></tr>
+<tr><td align="left">Kaweah-Tulare</td><td align="center">1,880</td><td align="right">14,100</td><td align="center">7.12</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left">Kings</td><td align="center">1,530</td><td align="right">9,100</td><td align="center">5.85</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left">Merced</td><td align="center">1,400</td><td align="right">3,500</td><td align="center">2.50</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left">Mariposa-San Joaquin</td><td align="center">3,760</td><td align="right">19,000</td><td align="center">5.05</td></tr>
+</table></div>
+<p>The density of the Mariposa-San Joaquin area is quite
+close to that of the Kings River Basin. The Kaweah-Tulare
+territory has a somewhat higher density, but this
+finding is compatible with the known enormous concentration
+of population around Tulare Lake and in the Kaweah
+delta. The value for the Merced strip is unduly low. The
+discrepancy can be accounted for on two grounds. The
+first, already mentioned, is that this river, throughout
+its length, passes through a greater area of uninhabitable
+mountains than do many of the other streams. The second
+is that our estimates for the lower Merced are insufficient.
+They rest in essence on the single report by Moraga,
+who, as has been shown, tended to underestimate and who
+did not see, or at least did not report upon, the entire
+course of the lower river. Moreover there is no report
+at all from Spanish sources with respect to the San Joaquin
+between the mouth of the Chowchilla (Nupchenche
+group) and the mouth of the Tuolumne. That villages did
+exist throughout this region is attested by the illuminating
+account of J. J. Warner, who was a member of Ewing
+Young's expedition to the great valley in 1832 and 1833.
+(I use the text as quoted in Warner, 1890.) He says (p. 28):</p>
+
+<div class="blockquot"><p>In the fall of 1832 there were a number of Indian
+villages on King's River, between its mouth and the
+mountains: also on the San Joaquin River from the
+base of the mountains down to and some distance
+below the great slough. On the Merced River from
+the mountains to its junction with the San Joaquin
+there were no Indian villages; but from about this
+point on the San Joaquin, as well as on all of its
+principal tributaries, the Indian villages were numerous;
+and many of these villages contained from
+fifty to 100 dwellings.</p></div>
+
+<p>It is noteworthy that Warner saw no villages on the
+lower Merced, precisely at the spot where Moraga in
+1806 had recorded no less than seven. All of these must
+have been obliterated during the intervening twenty-six
+years, striking testimony to the devastation being wrought
+among the open valley peoples. But from the junction of
+the Merced and the San Joaquin rivers, along the main<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_54" id="Page_54">[Pg 54]</a></span>
+axis of the valley the villages were numerous, some of
+them containing 50 to 100 houses or at least 250 to 500
+people.</p>
+
+<p>What happened to these villages is graphically told
+in Warner's own words.</p>
+
+<div class="blockquot"><p>On our return, late in the summer of 1833, we
+found the valleys depopulated. From the head of the
+Sacramento to the great bend and slough of the San
+Joaquin, we did not see more than six or eight
+Indians; while large numbers of their skulls and
+dead bodies were to be seen under almost every
+shade-tree near water, where the uninhabited and
+deserted villages had been converted into graveyards;
+and on the San Joaquin River, in the immediate
+neighborhood of the larger class of villages,
+which, in the preceding year, were the abodes of a
+large number of those Indians, we found not only
+graves, but the vestiges of a funeral pyre. At the
+mouth of King's river we encountered the first and
+only village of the stricken race that we had seen
+after entering the great valley.</p></div>
+
+<p>This was the pandemic of 1833, concerning which, in
+comparison with some accounts, Warner's description
+is a model of conservatism.</p>
+
+<p>It is evident that a combination of circumstances
+prevents us from making an adequate assessment of
+the aboriginal population of the lower Merced River
+and adjacent segments of the San Joaquin. Our density
+figure is about half the expected value. If we had the
+full facts, we could perhaps double the estimated population.
+Under existing conditions we can feel reasonably
+sure of the value given for the area between the
+Mariposa and the San Joaquin rivers.</p>
+
+<p class="right">
+<span class="u">MARIPOSA-SAN JOAQUIN ... 19,000</span>
+</p>
+
+
+<h3><a name="THE_SOUTHERN_SAN_JOAQUIN_VALLEY" id="THE_SOUTHERN_SAN_JOAQUIN_VALLEY"></a>THE SOUTHERN SAN JOAQUIN VALLEY</h3>
+
+<p>The southern end of the valley, beyond Tulare Lake
+and the Kaweah River, can best be considered in three
+parts. The first is the foothill strip from the Kaweah to
+the Tejon Pass, which was inhabited by the Yokuts tribes
+Koyeti, Yaudanchi, Bokninuwad, Kumachisi, Paleuyami,
+and Yauelmani (maps 1 and 2, area 1G). The second
+comprises the lower Kern River together with the former
+Buenavista Lake basin. This area was held by the Yokuts
+tribes Hometowoli, Tuhohi, and Tulamni. The third includes
+the peripheral fringe of relatively high foothill
+and mountain country of the southern Sierra Nevada and
+Tehachapi and was inhabited by non-Yokuts people:
+Tubatulabal, Kawaiisu, Kitanemuk, and the Tokya branch
+of the Chumash (maps 1 and 2, areas 1A to 1E).</p>
+
+<p>Only the Koyeti are described by the Spanish authorities
+hitherto consulted. Moraga mentions the rancheria
+Coyahete with a population of 400 in 1806. Estudillo in
+1819 found a rancheria, which he called Arroyo de Copaipich,
+with 200 and one called Canyon Agspa with 400
+people. The latter may perhaps be Moraga's Coyahete.
+If so, the tribe had a population of at least 600 in 1819,
+but it must have suffered some decline prior to that
+year. Latta's informants were able to remember 8 villages.
+Moreover, the tribe was oriented ecologically
+toward the Kaweah delta and oak forest, although it was
+actually situated on the lower Tule River. Thus an estimate
+of 800 persons would not be too much for the precontact
+period. The Yaudanchi on the upper Tule River
+also, according to Kroeber and to Latta, had 8 villages
+and covered considerably more territory than the Koyeti.
+Hence the same population may be ascribed to them. The
+Bokninuwad were evidently a smaller group, since Kroeber
+reports for them only two villages and Latta none.
+It would not be safe to allow them more than 200 persons.
+If we do so, then the tentative estimate for the three
+tribes must be put at a total of 1,800.</p>
+
+<p>For the remainder of the territory held by the Yokuts
+there are only two documentary references, the diaries
+of Garcés in 1776 and Zalvidea in 1806. Both these
+writers give population data which have been subject to
+considerable controversy.</p>
+
+<p>For the Buenavista region the four pertinent villages
+are mentioned by Zalvidea and are as follows:</p>
+
+<div class="center">
+<table border="0" cellpadding="4" cellspacing="0" summary="buenavista">
+<tr><th align="left">Village<br /><span class="u">and Tribe</span></th><th align="center">&nbsp;<br /><span class="u">Houses</span></th><th align="center">&nbsp;<br /><span class="u">Men</span></th><th align="center">&nbsp;<br /><span class="u">Women</span></th><th align="center">&nbsp;<br /><span class="u">Children</span></th><th align="center">&nbsp;<br /><span class="u">Total</span></th></tr>
+<tr><td align="left">Malapoa<br /><span style="margin-left: 0.5em;">(Tulamni)</span></td><td align="center">...</td><td align="center">29</td><td align="center"> 22</td><td align="center">8</td><td align="center">59</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left">Buenavista<br /><span style="margin-left: 0.5em;">(Tulamni)</span></td><td align="center">...</td><td align="center">36</td><td align="center">144</td><td align="center">38</td><td align="center">218</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left">Sisipistu<br /><span style="margin-left: 0.5em;">(Hometwoli)</span></td><td align="center"> 28</td><td align="center">50-60</td><td align="center">...</td><td align="center"> ...</td><td align="center"> ...</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left">Yaguelame<br /><span style="margin-left: 0.5em;">(Yauelmani)</span></td><td align="center">...</td><td align="center">92</td><td align="center">...</td><td align="center"> ...</td><td align="center">300</td></tr>
+</table></div>
+
+<p>From even casual inspection it is apparent that Zalvidea
+did not see the complete population of any one of
+these villages and that many of the inhabitants had been
+removed by previous expeditions or were in hiding. The
+village of Malapoa is small but presents no serious demographic
+discrepancies. The number of children was low,
+but as has been pointed out in a previous discussion Zalvidea
+was counting as men or women everyone over the
+age of seven years. The children, calculated according to
+his method, amounted to 13.5 per cent of the total.</p>
+
+<p>At Buenavista he found only 36 men to 144 women, an
+incredible situation unless most of the men had fled or
+had been killed. Under normal conditions the number of
+men should at least approximately equal that of the
+women. Therefore in order to reconstruct the probable
+population we are forced to assume the presence of at
+least 144 men. This gives a total of 326 persons of which
+8.6 per cent would have been children. For the other two
+villages only the number of men is given, no doubt the
+men actually seen. Indeed at Yaguelmane Zalvidea
+"counted" the 92 men he specifies. Significantly, however,
+he counted men "from 7 to 40 years" and infers
+that the village had a population of 300. If for Yaguelmane
+we allow 10 per cent of children seven years old or
+younger the adults would number 270. If the sex ratio
+were near unity, then, with 92 men 40 years or younger,
+there must have been 47 men over that age and 135
+women of all ages. If the same ratios are applied to
+Sisipistu with 55 men from 7 to 40 years of age, the
+population would be 180. This figure is quite consistent
+with the number of houses, 28, for the number of persons
+per house would then be 6.43. The four villages
+(Malapoa, Buenavista, Yaguelame, and Sisipistu) consequently
+must have had populations of 59, 326, 300,
+and 180 respectively. The average of the four is 191
+persons.</p>
+
+<p>Since there are no other historical data pertaining to
+the lake region, it is necessary to utilize the village
+lists of Kroeber (1925) and Latta (1949). These investigators,
+through their informants, have located 3 villages<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_55" id="Page_55">[Pg 55]</a></span>
+for the Hometowoli, 1 for the Tuhohi, 3 for the Tulamni,
+and 2 for the Yauelmani of the lower Kern River, making
+9 in all. As suggested with respect to other areas the
+number of villages was undoubtedly as great in 1806 as
+in 1840 or 1850. Hence we can be assured of at least 9
+in 1806. For size it is proper to use Zalvidea's average
+of 191 inhabitants, thus giving as the population of the
+Buenavista basin 1,720.</p>
+
+<p>For the southern foothills we must rely upon the
+diary of Garcés. Gifford and Schenck (1926) discuss
+this document at length, concluding (p. 21) that the population
+actually seen by Garcés north of the slopes of
+the Tehachapi was 750 and that the total population
+"south of the Tule River" was 1,000 to 1,500. Since the
+present writer must differ from these authors, it is
+worth while to review once more the evidence furnished
+by the Garcés account. In so doing the exact route of the
+explorer must be made plain.</p>
+
+<p>On May 1, 1776, having previously descended the
+southern mountains to the valley floor, Garcés broke
+camp:</p>
+
+<div class="blockquot"><p>Having gone one league northwest I came upon a
+large river which made much noise, at the outlet
+(al salir) of the Sierra de San Marcos and whose
+waters ... flowed on a course from the east through
+a straitened channel.</p></div>
+
+<p>(Coues, ed., 1900, pp. 280-281). The river of course
+was the Kern and the spot was without question the point
+at which the river suddenly breaks out onto the plain
+from its canyon. The water was here swift ("made much
+noise"). It literally "sallied forth" from the mountains,
+and its course from the east was through a narrow
+channel. This place is about 14 miles east-northeast of
+Bakersfield on California State Highway 178.</p>
+
+<p>Garcés then went downstream "a little way" and
+found a rancheria (no. 1) on the right bank. After going
+a little way farther he saw a rancheria (no. 2) on the
+left bank and another (no. 3) "to the west." He went
+downstream no more than 2 or 3 miles, otherwise, as
+was his invariable custom, he would have specified his
+distances in leagues. Three rancherias can therefore
+be located on the Kern between the last abrupt slope of
+the eastward hills and just below the mouth of Cottonwood
+Creek. These correspond on the map to Kroeber's
+villages Altau and Shoko of the Paleuyami and Konoilkin
+of the Yauelmani, although the actual identity is by no
+means assured.</p>
+
+<p>After crossing the river with difficulty Garcés struck
+northwest "and a little north" for 3 leagues. This brought
+him to a stream where there was a rancheria (no. 4).
+From a point 3 or 4 miles below the entrance of the Kern
+River canyon a line running northwest by north extends
+diagonally about 7 miles across T28S, R29E to reach
+Poso Creek near the northern boundary of the township.</p>
+
+<p>After passing the night at the rancheria mentioned
+(no. 4), Garcés went straight north for 4½ leagues.
+On the way he went by some deserted rancherias. These
+villages were not temporarily deserted, with the inhabitants
+in hiding. They were "rancherias despobladas,"
+that is, permanently depopulated or abandoned. It is
+interesting to speculate on the cause of this phenomenon,
+for the depopulation can have been due only to intertribal
+warfare or disease. We know nothing of any native wars
+of sufficient magnitude to have destroyed several whole
+villages. On the other hand, as Garcés himself later
+points out, Spaniards had already penetrated the region.
+Pedro Fages was in the southern valley in 1772 on his
+way to the Colorado and Garcés found at least one deserting
+soldier living with the Indians. It is quite possible
+that decline of population had already begun as early as
+1776.</p>
+
+<p>After traveling 4½ leagues Garcés found another
+rancheria (no. 5), at which he spent the night of May 2-3.
+This must have been somewhere near the hamlet of
+Woody at the southern boundary of T25S, R29E. On May
+3 he moved another 2½ leagues, still north, to reach
+the White River near or slightly to the west of the village
+of White River in T24S, R29E. Here he camped at a
+rancheria (no. 6) of 150 souls. On May 4, having reached
+his farthest point north, he visited another rancheria
+(no. 7) half a league east. At rancheria no. 6 he found
+an Indian who was a fugitive from the coast and also
+heard that two Spanish soldiers had been killed for
+molesting Indian women. The contact with the whites
+was therefore clearly established. Stephen Powers (1877),
+who was in the San Joaquin Valley in the decade of 1850
+says that "on White River there are no Indians, neither
+have there been any for many years." Here again is an
+indication of depopulation at a very early date.</p>
+
+<p>On May 5 Garcés started to retrace his steps southward,
+reaching at 2½ leagues the previous rancheria
+(i.e., no. 5). From here he must have diverged somewhat
+eastward of his northbound trail for at 2 leagues he
+saw another rancheria (no. 8) "to the east" which he had
+not seen on the way up. This probably was toward the
+eastern side of T26S, R20E. Then, he says, he went
+southeast 3 leagues to Poso Creek. This would put him
+on Poso Creek near the center of township T27S, R30E,
+a point about 9 miles airline above his place of crossing
+on May 2. Here he found a rancheria (no. 9), the chief
+of which told him about another rancheria (no. 10) to the
+east where a Spanish renegade lived with an Indian wife.
+The following day, May 6, he started out again south or
+southwest and got lost in the hills of upper Poso Creek.
+In these hills between Poso Creek and the Kern River he
+found another rancheria (no. 11) of "more than 100 souls."
+This was probably in the northern part of township T28S,
+R30E. Finally on May 7 he reached the Kern 1 league
+above his first crossing. His first crossing had been
+accomplished 2 or 3 miles below the mouth of the canyon
+hence he must have come out very close to the mouth.
+He then went downstream to the rancheria where he had
+crossed (no. 1) but he did not stop here. He continued
+down the river for 2 leagues to a rancheria he had not
+seen before (no. 12) and which had "some 150 souls."</p>
+
+<p>Two leagues downstream from rancheria no. 1, or
+about 3 leagues below the mouth of the canyon would
+have put him at a point roughly 5 to 6 miles east-northeast
+of Bakersfield, not at the site of the city, as is
+supposed by Coues (1900, p. 299). On May 8 he went 3
+leagues south-southwest, then turned and traveled 6
+leagues southeast and east to the Tehachapi. These distances
+and directions plotted on the map place him just
+at the mouth of Tejon Creek.</p>
+
+<p>To summarize the rancherias mentioned: Garcés
+saw four villages on the Kern in territory of the Paleuyami
+or Yauelmani (nos. 1, 2, 3, 12), six on Poso Creek
+or minor watercourses to the north thereof (nos. 4, 5, 8,
+9, 10, 11), all Paleuyami, and two on White River (nos. 6,
+7) in the territory of the Kumachisi.</p>
+
+<p>The size of these villages has been subject to some
+debate. Garcés cites two with 150 persons and one with
+100, but Gifford and Schenck think that he specifies population
+only for the largest places. The other nine would
+therefore be smaller. These authors, however, put the
+average village size at about 60 (750 people in 12 villages).<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_56" id="Page_56">[Pg 56]</a></span>
+Deducting 400 for the three rancherias specified, the
+average of the other nine would be 39 which seems
+much too low. If Zalvidea's figures are any criterion,
+the villages on the Kern should have averaged at least
+100 inhabitants, and it must be noted that Garcés found
+two rancherias in the hills with 150 and 100 persons
+respectively. Thus it seems reasonable to allow an
+average of 100 rather than 60. If so, the population
+seen by Garcés was in the vicinity of 1,200.</p>
+
+<p>Now it is evident that Garcés did not see all the
+villages in the region. He covered about 10 or 12 miles
+of the Kern below the canyon, a good deal of upper
+Poso Creek, and perhaps 5 miles of White River. He
+never reached the lower stretches of the rivers at all.
+It is fair to assume that there were as many rancherias
+which he did not see as there were seen by him. If so
+the estimate of the population should be doubled, making
+2,400.</p>
+
+<p>One secondary piece of evidence is at hand. Garcés
+saw 8 villages of the Paleuyami (6 in the hills, perhaps
+2 on the Kern). Now Zalvidea in 1806 says that the
+Pelones (Paleuyami) had at that time 13 rancherias.
+Allowing for shrinkage in the intervening thirty years,
+this is twice the number seen by Garcés.</p>
+
+<p>We may at this juncture have recourse to river mileage
+estimates. It was found previously (p. 36) that for
+the Stanislaus, Tuolumne, Merced, Mariposa, and
+Chowchilla there was in 1850 0.34 village per mile of
+stream, with the Chowchilla having the lowest value,
+0.20 village. For the Merced and the Kings rivers below
+the foothills in the first years of the nineteenth century
+it was calculated that there were on the average 65 persons
+per river mile. Assuming that the average village
+size was 150 inhabitants, there would have been 0.44
+village per river mile. The southern streams were
+probably more sparsely inhabited than those just mentioned.
+Hence it is reasonable to apply the factor found
+for the Chowchilla, 0.20 village per mile, to the White
+River, Poso Creek, and the Kern River. There are
+about 150 miles of stream in these systems east of a
+line running from Porterville to Bakersfield, a line
+which Kroeber takes as the approximate westward limit
+of the foothill tribes. This means a probable 30 villages.
+If the average of 100 persons per village is used, as
+suggested above, this means a population of 3,000. The
+direct documentary approach thus gives 2,400 and the
+indirect method 3,000. A fair figure would be the mean
+of the two, or 2,700.</p>
+
+<p>The peripheral hills on the southeast and south were
+held by several tribes. The entire upper Kern River,
+above the present village of Bodfish, belonged to the
+Shoshonean group, the Tubatulabal (area 1E). Kroeber
+thinks they may have reached a population of 1,000,
+which seems a reasonable figure. From the Kern and
+Walker's Pass south to Sycamore Creek (area 1D) were
+the Kawaiisu, a tribe, according to Kroeber, of 500
+persons. In the southeastern corner from Sycamore
+Creek to Poso Creek were a few Yauelmani and the
+Kitanemuk. Pastoria Creek and Alisos Creek were
+occupied by a northward extension of the Alliklik, and
+from Alisos Creek westward to Bitter Water Creek were
+found the Tokya group of the Chumash.</p>
+
+<p>For the groups beyond the Kawaiisu there are no
+population data of any kind. Even Kroeber fails to make
+an estimate. If we say 1,000 for them all in aboriginal
+times it will be a pure guess, but one which may be
+somewhere near the truth in view of the extent and
+character of the terrain involved. The total for the peripheral
+region would then be approximately 2,500 and that
+for the southern end of the valley as a whole 6,920, or in
+round numbers 6,900.</p>
+
+<p class="right">
+<span class="u">SOUTHERN SAN JOAQUIN VALLEY ... 6,900</span>
+</p>
+
+
+
+<h3><a name="THE_NORTHERN_SAN_JOAQUIN_VALLEY" id="THE_NORTHERN_SAN_JOAQUIN_VALLEY"></a>THE NORTHERN SAN JOAQUIN VALLEY</h3>
+
+<p>The remaining portion of the Yokuts-Miwok territory
+lay in the valley and foothills north of the Merced River.
+This area (see maps <a href="#map1">1</a> and <a href="#map5">5</a>, areas 8-13 inclusive), particularly
+the delta of the San Joaquin and Sacramento
+rivers, was entered relatively early by the Spaniards
+and by the year 1820 had been almost completely swept
+of its native population. The names of many whole tribes
+have been lost and the exact locations of many others are
+now almost impossible to ascertain. Of village names
+only those few are known to us which were preserved,
+often by chance, in the mission records and accounts of
+expeditions. Several attempts have been made to reconstruct
+the aboriginal human geography but none has been
+entirely successful. Kroeber's account, which accompanies
+his discussion of the Plains Miwok and northern
+Yokuts in the Handbook of California Indians, is manifestly
+incomplete. Merriam's paper on the Mewan Stock
+of California (1907) is helpful, but probably the best
+work of the modern investigators is that of Schenck (1926).
+The early nineteenth-century accounts for this region are
+also less satisfactory than for the central and southern
+parts of the San Joaquin Valley. Moraga's record is useful
+only for the Tuolumne River, and the delta is covered
+only by Abella and Duran. It is true that both Sutter and
+Gatten give figures for villages south of Sacramento but
+their information pertains only to the badly depleted
+natives of the 'forties. Hence their censuses are of little
+value for assessing the aboriginal condition.</p>
+
+<p>One source not available for other areas is the mission
+records. The converts from the delta and lower San
+Joaquin Valley were brought almost exclusively into the
+San Francisco, San Jose, and Santa Clara missions. The
+baptism books of these missions have been preserved,
+and two copies have been made. The first, of the San
+Francisco Mission, was made by A. Pinart in 1878 and
+is at present in the Bancroft Library in Berkeley. The
+other records, copied by S. R. Clemence in 1919, include
+the records of all three missions and are now to
+be found, in typed form, among the manuscripts in the
+file of C. H. Merriam. The baptism books set forth the
+name and village of origin of every native in the mission,
+as well as the date of baptism. Newly converted gentiles
+are readily distinguished from infants born in the mission
+itself, since the origin of the latter is ascribed to the
+mission and not to a village. In addition to the names of
+villages, not all of which can be located with certainty,
+the dates of baptism constitute almost conclusive evidence.
+If the baptisms from San Francisco and Santa
+Clara are tabulated by village and date, it is very clear
+that the villages of local tribes were cleaned out before
+the year 1805. At this point an entirely new set of names
+appears, most of which are undoubtedly in the Tulares.
+Hence, if the name of a village does not correspond to
+any now known to ethnographers and no baptisms are reported
+from it prior to 1805, the conclusion is warranted
+that the village was actually situated in the central valley.
+The same assumption may be made with somewhat less
+certainty concerning the San Jose records. This mission
+was founded in 1797 and its earliest converts were drawn
+from the Costanoan tribes on the east shore of San Francisco<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_57" id="Page_57">[Pg 57]</a></span>
+Bay. The reduction of this region may not have
+been complete by 1805 and Tulare Indians were coming
+in by that year. Hence there is a chance of overlap.
+This source of error, however, may be excluded for
+all practical purposes if no doubtful village which continued
+to furnish converts after 1810 is included in the
+list, for the reduction of the Costanoans was certainly
+complete by that time.</p>
+
+<p>Concerning village size various items of information
+are available. In the diary of Ramon Abella in 1811 he
+mentions that the Cholbones had three rancherias with
+a population of 900, or 300 per rancheria. That of the
+Coyboses had 180 and that of the Tauquimenes 200 men
+and 60 houses. The population of the latter tribe, if we
+apply the ratio found by Zalvidea at the southern end of
+the valley, should be 650. This ratio, it will be remembered,
+is based on Zalvidea's statement that he counted
+as men all males between the ages seven and forty. If,
+on the other hand, we assume that Abella referred to
+all males except small children and further that the sex
+ratio was unity, the adults would have numbered 400
+and, if 15 per cent of the village were children, the
+total would be approximately 470. However, in the
+northern end of the valley we have much more solid
+data with which to work than at the extreme south.</p>
+
+<p>The baptism records of the missions of San Jose
+and Santa Clara to which reference is made above include
+for each gentile village a breakdown of men,
+women, and children. These data have been already
+discussed in connection with the rancherias on Lake
+Tulare and it has been shown that, if proper correction
+is made for the sex ratio, men and women each contributed
+41.8 per cent of the population and children
+16.4 per cent. It is clear that in the north the Franciscans
+employed their standard system of calling children
+all persons under the age of ten years (not seven years)
+and including as males all men above the same age.
+Zalvidea's system was used only by himself. Consequently,
+a village with 200 men would have contained
+563 persons in all.</p>
+
+<p>For the village of the Tauquimenes with 60 houses
+the average would have been 9.38 persons per house.
+That this number is not excessive is demonstrated by
+the account of the village of Chuppumne contained also
+in Duran's diary. This rancheria had 35 houses, some
+of which were 40 to 50 paces in circumference. Since
+a pace is roughly a yard the diameter of such a house
+would be 43 feet, amply sufficient to accommodate 9 persons.
+Chuppumne would thus have had a population of
+315. Duran also mentions a rancheria of the Ochejamnes
+which had 40 houses, or 360 inhabitants.</p>
+
+<p>Luís Argüello (MS, 1813) describes an expedition
+under the command of one Soto, whose party was attacked
+by Indians in the marshes of the delta. Schenck
+(1926, p. 129) locates the scene as in T5N, R4E, near
+Walnut Grove and designates the tribe as the Unsumnes
+or Cosumnes. Now Argüello states that the expedition
+crept up on the Indians overnight and attacked at dawn.
+They were surprised to find that their coming had nevertheless
+been detected and that the Indians had sent away
+the women and children. The Spaniards were met by a
+force of warriors, which Soto placed as his best estimate
+at 1,000 persons. These were drawn from four
+rancherias in the vicinity. One may always exercise
+skepticism with reference to these estimates of enemy
+forces, particularly in this instance, since the Spaniards
+were roughly handled and suffered several casualties in
+addition to being forced to withdraw. On the other hand,
+the invaders consisted of 13 well armed Spaniards and
+100 Indian auxiliaries. Nothing like an equal number of
+natives could have withstood them. Soto's estimate may
+be cut in half but at least 500 warriors must be allowed,
+or 125 for each of the four rancherias. Now the fighting
+population, even in a great emergency, does not coincide
+with the total male population. If there were 500 warriors,
+there must have been fully 300 young boys, invalids, and
+old men who were not present. Hence we must concede a
+male population of no less than 800 for the four villages.
+If the percentage values established previously are used,
+the mean village size was approximately 475.</p>
+
+<p>To the villages just described may be added the one
+seen by Moraga on the Stanislaus River in 1806, which
+had 200 inhabitants.</p>
+
+<p>These twelve villages thus yield an average of 362
+inhabitants each. Although throughout the territory many
+rancherias were doubtless small, it is equally probable
+that some were very large, approaching the magnitude
+of Chischa and Bubal in the south. Hence, unless in
+some particular instance there is clear reason to believe
+otherwise, 300 cannot be regarded as an excessive estimate
+for the average village of the delta.</p>
+
+<p>In considering in detail the population of the delta (see
+map <a href="#map6">6</a>, area 13), it is convenient to segregate groups
+according to tribal distinctions rather than strictly according
+to geographical points. The reason lies primarily
+in the fact that the early writers and the mission records
+were relatively explicit with respect to names of villages
+and groups but were badly confused with respect to localities.
+In the densely populated but physiographically homogeneous
+delta region, with its scores of small streams,
+sloughs, and islands, explorers found it very difficult to
+establish clear landmarks by which the inhabitants might
+be oriented. A state of confusion has arisen of a kind to
+generate many controversies among ethnographers, controversies
+which are not pertinent in the present connection
+and which it is desirable to avoid as far as possible.
+In order to adopt a more or less uniform system with
+respect to tribal nomenclature and arrangement it is
+proposed to follow here the practice of Schenck (1926),
+who has made an exhaustive study of the area.</p>
+
+<p><span class="u">Bolbones (syn. Cholbones, Chilamne, Chulame).</span>&mdash;This
+large group occupied the sloughs of the lower San
+Joaquin west of Stockton. Schenck, on his map (1926,
+p. 133) shows their territory as being bounded by the
+main stream of the San Joaquin River on the east and by
+the channel now known as the "Old River" on the west.
+This delineation of their habitat is supported by the
+diaries of Abella and Viader. Schenck classifies the
+subtribes or divisions of the main group as follows:</p>
+
+
+<div class="center">
+<table border="0" cellpadding="4" cellspacing="0" summary="schenck">
+<tr><td align="left">Cholbones</td><td align="left">a group</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left">Pescadero</td><td align="left">a village</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left">Jusmites or Cosmistas</td><td align="left">a village plus</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left">Fugites or Tugites</td><td align="left">a village plus</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left">Tomchom, under Fugites</td><td align="left">a village</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left">Nototemnes</td><td align="left">a village</td></tr>
+</table></div>
+<p>Although these natives are mentioned frequently in
+the correspondence of the period, the first recorded
+exploration of their area was that of Fr. José Viader in
+1810. This missionary left Mission San Jose on August
+15 and went by way of Pittsburg and Antioch to the mouth
+of the San Joaquin, whence he traveled southeast to
+Pescadero, "... la rancheria de los Cholvones." Leaving
+the rancheria he went on up the river. Viader's
+second expedition was carried out during the month of
+October of the same year. This time he went directly
+from San Jose to Pescadero, which he says was 15 leagues<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_58" id="Page_58">[Pg 58]</a></span>
+northeast to east-northeast of Mission San Jose. The
+account at this point is not particularly lucid. The
+entry for October 20 states that at Pescadero the gentiles
+were having a dance (bayle). That for the following
+day begins with the statement that at dawn Viader's
+party attacked "... asaltamos una rancheria de este
+lado del rio y solo escapo un Christiano ..." Then
+they attacked another rancheria on the other side of the
+river and captured 15 Christians and 69 gentiles. From
+the context it may be inferred that the first rancheria
+attacked was the one at which the dance was being celebrated
+on the evening of the 20th, that is to say, Pescadero.
+If it was, then there was another, quite sizable,
+village just across the river. If the first village was
+not Pescadero, then there were two other villages in
+close proximity to it.</p>
+
+<p>The next visitor was Fr. Ramon Abella, who left
+San Francisco by boat on October 15, 1811. Passing
+Sherman Island on the 18th and wandering erratically
+through the swamps he reached the "tierra de los
+cholbones" on the next day. On October 20 he reached
+the village of Pescadero but made no comment on it in
+his diary. After examining the territory of the Cosmistas
+and Boyboses 5 to 15 miles to the east, the party
+turned about 8 to 9 miles (3 leagues) northwest, following
+the general trend of the river downstream. At this
+point they found a rancheria of 900 persons "divididas
+en tres rancherias, alguna distancia una de otras. No
+vimos que la una: Se presentan como 150 personas
+... y nos enseñaron al desembarcadero y las mismas
+casas que havía duplicado gente ..." Abella's distances
+are extremely inaccurate but it is apparent that
+the three villages mentioned were north or northwest
+of Pescadero.</p>
+
+<p>The key village in this complex is Pescadero, a
+rancheria to which repeated reference is made in the
+documents of the period and whose identity neither
+Viader nor Abella could have mistaken. That it belonged
+to the Bolbones is attested by Viader's expression
+"... la rancheria de los Cholvones." Viader saw
+at least one and perhaps two other villages near by belonging
+to the same tribe. Abella clearly states that he
+saw three rancherias in addition to Pescadero. One of
+these may have been the one attacked by Viader, and if
+so, the entire group included a minimum of four villages.
+Otherwise, there were at least five. Abella's count of
+900 persons for the three villages appears accurate and
+reasonable. On the other hand, Pescadero was evidently
+regarded as the most important rancheria of the area
+and probably was more populous than any other. Hence
+it must have contained no less than 400 persons. The
+sum of the four villages would then be 1,300.</p>
+
+<p>Between 1806 and 1811 the mission records show a
+total of 200 baptisms ascribed to the Cholbones, most
+of them at San Jose. In addition, there were 81 baptisms
+from 1821 to 1828 designated Chilamne. At the time of
+Abella's visit, therefore, the area had been subject to
+repeated raids for the purpose of securing converts and
+must have undergone serious social and economic disturbance
+of the type noted throughout the entire San
+Joaquin Valley. Merely adding the 200 missionized
+natives would bring the population estimate for the
+Bolbones up to 1,500, and the aboriginal value was
+probably even higher.</p>
+
+<p>The Jusmites, or Cosmistas, are credited by Schenck
+with "a village plus," meaning certainly one and probably
+two or more. Viader, on his second expedition, found
+"los indios Jusmites" about 2½ leagues southeast of
+and up the river from the second village, which he attacked
+on October 21. This places them in the locality
+shown by Schenck on his map (1926, p. 133), i.e., in
+northwestern T1S, R6E. No further information is given
+by Viader. The next year Abella found "la rancheria de
+los Cosmistas" in approximately the same region, but
+gave no data regarding size. Neither author implies in
+any way that there was more than one village. At San
+Jose 86 converts were baptized from "Jossmit," a number
+which suggests a village of fully 300 inhabitants.</p>
+
+<p>Viader on his first expedition, on August 20, went
+south-southeast from Pescadero for 3 leagues and
+reached a village "cuyo capitan se llama Tomchom."
+He then went 2½ leagues southeast from the Jusmites
+and reached "los indios Tugites." Both Tomchom and
+Tugites therefore appear to have been in the same general
+area. For this reason Schenck has placed the Tugites,
+as a tribe, directly south of the Jusmites and has called
+Tomchom a village of the tribe. It is perhaps more likely
+that there were two villages involved (rather than a tribe
+and an included village), designated respectively Tomchom
+and Tugites. This view is substantiated by the
+baptism data. Of the entire group 268 were baptized,
+rather equally distributed between San Jose and Santa
+Clara. Over half the conversions occurred in the year
+1811. The San Jose book lists 126 from "Tamcan" and
+7 from "Tuguits." The Santa Clara book has 125 from
+"Los Tugites" and none under any other designation. It
+may therefore be concluded that two villages, or subtribes,
+were involved, one of which was taken to San
+Jose and the other to Santa Clara. A total of 268 converts
+would imply a population of at least 500 persons
+at the time of conversion and probably more aboriginally.</p>
+
+<p>The village of Nototemnes is mentioned only by Duran
+in his diary of 1817. In the night of May 22-23 he passed
+"la rancheria de los Nototemnes," but did not actually see
+the village or count its inhabitants. However, the rancheria
+furnished 97 converts to Mission San Jose. It must
+therefore have contained at least 200 people. Schenck
+shows the Nototemnes as covering nearly two townships
+in the northern delta region and calls them "a village
+plus." He cites, however, no authority for this view
+other than Duran, and Duran, as mentioned above, refers
+only to the rancheria of the Nototemnes. There is no
+reason, consequently, for assuming more than one village
+for the tribe or group.</p>
+
+<p>In summary, the Bolbones tribal complex consisted of
+fully eight medium to large villages. Those belonging to
+the Bolbones proper, four in number, were estimated to
+contain 1,500 persons. The Jusmites were allowed 300
+persons, the Tugites 500, and the Nototemnes 200. The
+total is 2,500, and the average village size slightly over
+300 persons.</p>
+
+<p class="right">
+(<span class="u">Bolbones ... 2,500</span>)<br />
+</p>
+
+<p><span class="u">Leuchas.</span>&mdash;Schenck shows this tribe as living east of
+the San Joaquin River 10 to 15 miles south of Stockton.
+He implies that the tribe contained two villages, Coyboses
+and Pitemis (Aupimis), in addition perhaps to
+other settlements. The mission books mention all three
+names and show baptisms (figures in parentheses), which
+may be tabulated as follows.</p>
+
+
+
+<div class="center">
+<table border="0" cellpadding="6" cellspacing="0" summary="baptisms">
+<tr><th align="center">&nbsp;</th><th align="center"><span class="u">Baptisms, San Jose</span>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;</th><th align="center"><span class="u">Baptisms, Santa Clara</span></th></tr>
+<tr><td align="left">Leuchas<br />&nbsp;<br />&nbsp;<br />&nbsp;</td><td align="center">"Leucha" (26),<br />1805-1812<br />(88 per cent in<br />1805-1806)</td><td align="center">"Los Leuchas" (81),<br />1805-1809<br />(85 per cent in<br />1805)</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left">Pitemis<br />&nbsp;<br />&nbsp;</td><td align="center">None<br />&nbsp;<br />&nbsp;</td><td align="center">(60), 1814-1831<br />(98 per cent in<br />1814-1816)</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left">Coybos<br />&nbsp;<br />&nbsp;</td><td align="center">(94), 1808-1826<br />(71 per cent in<br />1811-1812)</td><td align="center">None<br />&nbsp;<br />&nbsp;</td></tr>
+</table></div>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_59" id="Page_59">[Pg 59]</a></span></p>
+<p>To judge by the three separate periods in which the
+majority of the baptisms occurred there were three
+groups of people: the Leuchas, who were brought into
+the fold primarily during 1805 and 1806, the Coybos,
+principally in 1811-1812, and the Pitemis, converted
+two or three years later. The Leuchas were taken to
+both missions, but the Coybos were brought only to San
+Jose and the Pitemis only to Santa Clara. Abella said
+that in 1811 the village of Coybos had 180 inhabitants, a
+figure which has been used in computing the average
+village size. But the aboriginal population was probably
+greater. This view is substantiated by the events which
+preceded Abella's visit. In 1805 Father Cuevas of San
+Jose Mission went on an unauthorized expedition to the
+Leuchas&mdash;the best account is that by José Argüello (MS,
+1805)&mdash;in search of converts.<a name="FNanchor_5_5" id="FNanchor_5_5"></a><a href="#Footnote_5_5" class="fnanchor">[5]</a> He was badly treated and
+some of his men were wounded by the natives. This and
+the punitive expeditions which immediately followed no
+doubt accounted for the wave of conversions in 1805 and
+1806. But at the same time the entire aboriginal group
+unquestionably suffered heavily from battle casualties
+and economic disturbance so that the population five years
+later must have been seriously reduced. It is thus justifiable
+to assume that originally there were three villages
+and that each was of average size. The population may
+therefore be set at fully 900 persons.</p>
+
+<p>Some further information is derived from the recollections
+of José María Amador (MS, 1877). This pioneer,
+who received his facts second-hand from his father, mentions
+(pp. 13-15) the campaign of 1805 against the "Loechas,"
+who, he says lived 4 to 5 leagues from Livermore.
+This would put them west of the San Joaquin River, south
+of the Bolbones, in T1S, R5E, not on the east bank as
+shown by Schenck. Amador then goes on to say that after
+the Cuevas affair the Leuchas "... se habian ya cambiado
+el rio de San Joaquin a una rancheria que se llamaba de
+los Pitemis." They were all captured and taken to San Jose.
+It is thus reasonably clear that the Leuchas originally did
+live west of the river, and crossed over to the east side
+as a result of the punitive expeditions of the Spaniards.
+Furthermore, the village of the Pitemis was already in
+existence at this time, probably at or near the spot shown
+by Schenck. Coybos undoubtedly was another village within
+the same area. This region, therefore, at the time of
+Abella's visit in 1807 contained the established villages of
+Pitemis and Coybos plus a residue of unconverted, fugitive
+Leuchas who had taken refuge in them.</p>
+
+<p>Amador's assertion that the Leuchas were all captured
+and taken to San Jose is not borne out by the baptism figures,
+which show only 23 Leuchas enrolled at Mission San
+Jose in 1805 to 1806. Many more, actually 73, were baptized
+at Santa Clara in 1805. The total is 96, and scarcely
+represents the entire personnel of the group. Nevertheless,
+if we add the casualties of battle, disease, and exposure to
+those baptized in the missions, and allow for the dispersion
+of the remainder, the sum will amount to no less than the
+300 assumed above for the Leuchas.</p>
+
+<p>As for the Pitemis, Viader, on his first expedition,
+left Pescadero on August 20, 1810, and traveled south-southeast
+at some distance from the river. Within 3
+leagues he passed "... en frente de una rancheria ...
+Aupemis." Schenck says (p. 141): "Pitemis is a village
+of the Leuchas and it seems that Aupimis is to be identified
+with it." This cannot be true because Viader is highly
+explicit to the effect that he was west of the river and
+Amador is equally emphatic in stating that Pitemis was
+across the San Joaquin from Leuchas, i.e., to the east
+of it. Since Viader's visit was in 1810, after the Cuevas
+affair, there must have been three rancherias of the
+Leuchas and their allies: Aupimis, Pitemis, and Coybos.</p>
+
+<p>Parenthetically, and for the record, the present writer
+would like to offer the comment that certain modern
+writers tend to assert the identity of Spanish or Indian
+names without adequate evidence. Schenck's opinion that
+Aupimis and Pitemis were the same place could have
+been based upon no more than a fancied resemblance in
+the names. Also, on page 141 of his paper he says: "The
+Leuchas might possibly be identified with Kroeber's
+Lakisamni (Yokuts) on the Stanislaus river." A brief
+examination of the mission records, apart from any
+other evidence, shows conclusively that two separate
+and distinct tribes were recognized by the contemporary
+missionaries.</p>
+
+<p class="right">
+<span class="u">(Leuchas et al. ... 900)</span><br />
+</p>
+
+<p><span class="u">Ochejamnes.</span>&mdash;This tribe is placed by Schenck on the
+east bank of the Sacramento River near the mouth of the
+Cosumnes. Kroeber refers to the village of Ochehak and
+considers it a "political community." He shows it on his
+map (1925, p. 446) as lying on the Mokelumne, due north
+of Stockton. Duran, in his diary, May 21 (MS, 1817),
+describes how he followed the main stream of the Sacramento,
+i.e., the left branch, on his way back from his
+stopping point above Courtland. He reached the rancheria
+"llamada de Oche jamnes," which, although it contained
+40 houses, was deserted. Quite soon thereafter ("a poco
+rato") he reached "la punta de la isla llamada de los
+Quenemsias," which has been identified definitely as
+Grand Island. Clearly, therefore, in 1817 the Ochejamnes
+had a village on the Sacramento higher up the
+river than is shown by Schenck.</p>
+
+<p>According to Duran the village had 40 houses, which
+would mean 360 persons without reckoning possible subsidiary
+rancherias. The name is mentioned for only one
+mission, San Jose, at which 428 Ochejamne, or Oocheganes,
+were baptized between 1829 and 1836. This is
+prima facie evidence that Duran, who saw them in 1817,
+was referring, as he implies, only to one rancheria and
+that the tribe was actually larger. This idea is supported
+by the account of José Berreyesa in 1830 of severe Indian
+fighting in the delta (Berryesa, MS, 1830). The Ochejamnes
+and the Yunisumnes with certain American trappers
+were arrayed against the Californians, who had
+gathered together 450 auxiliary fighters from the Cosumnes
+and other tribes. No value is placed upon the number
+of Ochejamnes but it must have been considerable. It
+was probably as a result of this campaign that 428 members
+of the tribe were baptized at Mission San Jose.
+Even with a relatively complete conquest many of the
+natives must have escaped; hence in 1830 their total
+number must have reached 500. But this was in 1830,
+after a generation of expeditions and petty warfare. The
+aboriginal number must have been considerably greater,
+let us say 750.</p>
+
+<p class="right">
+<span class="u">(Ochejamnes ... 750)</span><br />
+</p>
+<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_60" id="Page_60">[Pg 60]</a></span></p>
+
+<p><span class="u">Guaypem.</span>&mdash;This group is thought by Schenck to have
+been simply a village but Merriam (1907, p. 350) regards
+them as a tribe called the Wipa, located on Sherman
+Island near the Sacramento River estuary. Duran
+in his diary says that Guaypens is 6 leagues south and
+southeast of the fork of the river below Courtland.
+Allowing for his usual exaggeration of distances, this
+puts the rancheria near the mouth of the Mokelumne,
+in the vicinity of Walnut Grove. He speaks of <span class="u">the</span> rancheria
+"de los Guaypens" and saw only a few people. Thus
+neither size nor locality supports the contention that
+Guaypem was synonymous with Wipa. The tribe was
+not converted until relatively late, 41 converts being
+taken to San Jose between 1821 and 1824. By that time
+the tribe had been subject to severe attrition. Thus the
+evidence points to an aboriginal group consisting of one
+village of average size, or close to 300 inhabitants.</p>
+
+<p class="right">
+<span class="u">(Guaypem ... 300)</span><br />
+</p>
+
+<p><span class="u">Quenemsias.</span>&mdash;These people, who lived near the two
+preceding tribes, are designated a "group" by Schenck
+(p. 136). They covered, according to him, "the southern
+part, or perhaps all, of Grand Island." The ecclesiastical
+diarists make no mention of them save the reference
+by Duran to the "isla llamada de los Quenemisias."
+One other citation is worth mentioning, however. In the
+Bancroft Transcripts is a document dated January 31,
+1796, entitled "Informe en el cual el teniente Herm<sup>do</sup>
+Sal manifesta lo que ha adquirido de varios sugetos
+para comunicarlo al Gobernador de la Provincia," which
+gives a description of the lower reaches of the San Joaquin
+and Sacramento rivers and the delta and mentions
+the natives (Sal, MS, 1796). In detail, the account is
+extremely inaccurate. However, one of the Indians "...
+dio noticia de las naciones Tulpunes, Quinensiat, Taunantoc,
+y Quisitoc: los primeros son de la orilla del
+estero; los 2<sup>os</sup> estan del otro lado de los rios ..."
+Although no numerical data are given, the mention of
+the Quenemsias (Quinensiat) as a "nacion" in the delta
+region establishes them as a group of more than average
+importance. The mission books show 185 Quenemsias
+baptized at Mission San Jose. Roughly double the
+number of baptisms may be taken as the aboriginal population,
+i.e., 400.</p>
+
+<p class="right">
+<span class="u">(Quenemsias ... 400)</span><br />
+</p>
+
+<p><span class="u">Chuppumne, Chucumes.</span>&mdash;Schenck places these two
+settlements, which he calls villages, on the Sacramento
+River near the mouth of the Cosumnes. Most of our
+documentary information concerning them is derived
+from the accounts of Duran and of Luís Argüello.
+Luís Antonio Argüello accompanied Duran on his expedition
+and wrote a report to the governor in the form
+of a letter, dated May 26, 1817, the original of which
+is preserved in the Bancroft Library (library no. fm-F864A64;
+also typed copy). The existence of this letter
+evidently was not known to either Kroeber or Schenck.
+It is less complete and less detailed than the diary of
+Duran but it is of value in checking the statements made
+by the latter.</p>
+
+<p>On May 16 the party reached the foot of Grand Island
+and on May 17 proceeded up the left-hand (i.e., western)
+watercourse. The village of Chucumes was found 8
+leagues (leguas) upstream, according to Duran, 13 miles
+(millas) according to Argüello. The latter estimate is
+probably closer, since Duran is notoriously inaccurate
+(usually on the side of overestimate) in his computation
+of distances. Here Duran counted 35 houses whereas
+Argüello says 36, a sufficiently close correspondence.
+As indicated previously, a population of 315 persons is
+probable. Continuing their journey, they went on for 4
+miles (Argüello); Duran says approximately 3 leagues.
+There they stopped at a rancheria, "arruinada" according
+to Argüello, although Duran makes no mention of
+this.</p>
+
+<p>On May 18 the party went on upstream, making during
+the day 4 leagues (Duran) or 16 miles (Argüello). Duran
+states that after going 1 league they got back into the
+main stream of the Sacramento. This was clearly at the
+head of Grand Island, close to Courtland. At 1 league
+beyond this point, on May 19, they found the rancheria
+Chuppumne, which was deserted. The location therefore
+was very close to that shown by Schenck on his map
+(p. 133) and, if we can put any credence in the Duran-Argüello
+account, a good many miles north of Chucumes.
+Near Chuppumne Duran saw three other rancherias in
+the distance (inland?) but could not get at them. On
+May 20 the expedition pressed on upstream for 5 miles
+(Argüello) or 4 leagues (Duran), at which point they
+turned around and began the return trip. On May 21
+Argüello says that they passed "algunas rancherias,"
+all deserted, which may well have been those mentioned
+by Duran on May 19.</p>
+
+<p>On the river frontage covered from May 17 to May 21
+the expedition saw a minimum of 6 villages, 2 of which
+are mentioned by name (Chucumes and Chuppumne) and
+for 1 of which the houses were counted. If all these villages
+were of comparable size&mdash;as they may have been
+aboriginally&mdash;then the total population represented would
+have been 1,800. This estimate would of course not include
+other villages which the expedition did not see.</p>
+
+<p>The mission records show for San Jose a total of 377
+persons baptized from Chucumne and Chuppumne, of
+whom 322 were converted during 1823 and 1824. We may
+predicate, therefore, a residual population of 700 to 800
+just prior to those years. That the area had suffered
+severely before that is attested by the deserted and
+"ruined" rancherias seen by Duran in 1817. It is quite
+probable that the aboriginal population reached a value
+of 1,500.</p>
+
+<p class="right">
+<span class="u">(Chucumes, Chuppumne ... 1,500)</span><br />
+</p>
+
+<p><span class="u">Chupunes (Chupcanes), Tarquines (Tarquimenes,
+Tauquines), Julpunes (Tulpunes) and Ompines.</span>&mdash;This
+constellation of tribes is best considered collectively,
+first, because there are no direct estimates of their
+population, and second, because they occupied a relatively
+unified area.</p>
+
+<p>Schenck places them along the south shore of Suisun
+Bay from the east entrance of Carquinez Strait and
+through the slough region between the Sacramento and
+San Joaquin rivers as far upstream as Isleton on the
+Sacramento. However, he points out that there is great
+uncertainty with respect to their exact location, an uncertainty
+which is emphasized by the wide divergence
+between his views and those of Merriam. Even the Spanish
+accounts present numerous discrepancies. In view of
+this state of our knowledge Schenck makes the very reasonable
+suggestion that the lower delta tribes may have
+been so greatly disturbed and shifted around during the
+period from 1775 to 1810 that the aboriginal locations
+were forgotten. It is worth while to examine in some
+detail some of the evidence on this problem. We may
+begin with examination of the area at and just east of
+Carquinez Strait on the south shore of Suisun Bay. This<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_61" id="Page_61">[Pg 61]</a></span>
+consideration entails a preliminary discussion of two
+small groups, the Aguastos and the Huchium (syn.
+Habastos, Quivastos, Juchium, Huchimes, Tuchimes,
+etc.).</p>
+
+<p>This tribe or group of tribes, which must have been
+of some importance, is not mentioned by name by Kroeber
+or Schenck, but there is a brief set of typed notes in
+the Merriam collection in which the location is discussed
+(MS entitled: "On the East Side San Francisco Peninsula").
+The multiplicity of synonyms, however, as well as
+the large number of neophytes involved, indicates that
+these tribes were very familiar to the missionaries.</p>
+
+<p>The Merriam notes (pp. 5 and 6) point out the following
+considerations.</p>
+
+<div class="blockquot">
+<p>1. "Abella's diary (1811) speaks of present Point San
+Pablo as the Point of the Huchunes and says their territory
+extended on the mainland from this point to Pt. San
+Andres (Pt. Pinole)."</p>
+
+<p>2. Several rancherias belonging to this tribe are mentioned
+as being on the east side of the bay.</p>
+
+<p>3. "The mission books locate the Habasto tribe 'on
+the other side of the Bay from the Mission of San Francisco
+toward the estero which goes to the rivers (Suisun
+Bay).' Abella's diary calls Point San Pedro the Point of
+the Abastos."</p>
+</div>
+
+<p>Merriam therefore was strongly of the opinion that
+these tribes inhabited the south shore of San Pablo Bay
+and did not extend farther than Carquinez Strait.</p>
+
+<p>On the other hand, the item in the mission books
+quoted by Merriam (par. 3, above) indicates Suisun Bay
+rather than San Pablo Bay. Moreover, there is another
+statement in the baptism books alongside the designation
+"Aguastos ó Huchum" to the effect that this tribe was 16
+to 18 leagues by water from San Francisco. This distance
+would place them close to the site of the modern town of
+Pittsburg, that is, on the southern shore of Suisun Bay.
+But this area is assigned by Schenck to the Tarquines
+and perhaps the Julpunes, tribes which are also clearly
+mentioned by name in the mission records.</p>
+
+<p>If the Aguastos extended from Richmond to Crockett
+or thereabouts, they were Costanoan and strictly bay
+people; hence not pertinent to this study. If they lived
+along Suisun Bay, regardless of their ethnic affiliation
+they may be included for demographic purposes among
+the delta tribes. Some further light can be thrown upon
+the problem by an analysis of the dates shown for baptisms
+in the San Francisco Mission records.</p>
+
+<p>If the baptisms of gentiles are tabulated according to
+village and year, it is seen immediately that the conversions
+in the first year, 1777, were all from local
+rancherias. This group was extended during the following
+decade until the San Francisco peninsula had been
+completely covered. However, after the year 1792 all
+mention of the peninsula abruptly and entirely ceases.
+As early as 1778 on the other hand baptisms are listed
+from a village (Halchis) specified as being in the "sierra
+oriente de la otra banda." In the succeeding years villages
+ascribed to the "otra banda" become more frequent and
+reach a peak between 1790 and 1795. Subsequent to 1800
+the conversions from these places diminish rapidly and
+disappear. Now we know by following the documentary
+accounts of expeditions that during the decade 1790 to
+1800 the great effort of the San Francisco Mission was
+expended in securing neophytes from the east shore of
+San Francisco Bay as far north as the Carquinez Strait.
+There are no baptisms of gentiles whatever listed in the
+San Francisco books for the years 1797, 1798, and 1799.
+Therefore it is reasonable to assume that the supply of
+Costanoans from the east bay had been exhausted. Furthermore,
+village names qualified by the term "otra
+banda" and appearing in the baptism record <span class="u">for the first
+time</span> prior to 1800 must certainly refer to villages in
+this region. Among these are rancherias stated as belonging
+to the "nacion Juchium" together with the separate
+designation "Tuchimes." Thus it is clear that the
+Huchium lived, as Merriam believed, on the east shore
+of the bay.</p>
+
+<p>After the inactive period at the end of the century a
+flood of neophytes began to pour into the mission together
+with a completely new set of names. One of the
+first of these is Habastos, a rancheria which contributed
+137 converts in 1800 and 1801 and which is now stated,
+for the first time in the mission book, to lie "acia el
+estero de los rios." Later, the variants Quivastos and
+Aguastos are used. Conversions from this tribe continued
+until 1810, after which the name disappears from
+the lists.</p>
+
+<p>The sharp segregation of dates of conversion are
+clear evidence that, whatever the racial or linguistic
+affiliation, there were two groups of Indians, one converted
+before 1801 and living along the shore of the bay
+generally south and west of the Carquinez Strait, the
+other converted between 1801 and 1810 and living at the
+east end of the strait and along Suisun Bay. There probably
+was no clear separation of the two in the minds of
+the Spaniards; hence the confusion of names. We are
+concerned here with the second group, the one uniformly
+designated Aguastos, which inhabited the approaches to
+the delta.</p>
+
+<p>With respect to the aboriginal population of this group
+we have no direct evidence whatever. On the other hand
+the record of the San Francisco Mission shows 396 baptisms.
+This immediately sets a lower limit to the number
+of Aguastos for there certainly can have been no
+fewer members of the tribe than were baptized. Regarding
+the upper limit it can be pointed out only that the
+group was completely obliterated at the time of conversion
+and its name never appears again in either contemporary
+or modern records. Hence it is safe to assume
+that substantially all the Aguastos were taken to San
+Francisco and that the baptisms include the entire tribe.
+We may thus ascribe to them a population of approximately
+400 persons.</p>
+
+<p>We now encounter the Chupunes (or Chupcanes), concerning
+whom Schenck (1926, p. 143) has this to say:</p>
+
+<div class="blockquot"><p>The Chupunes (Chupcanes), apparently a group,
+were located along the southern shore near the east
+end of Carquinez strait. West of the strait, also on
+the southern shore&mdash;in the Pinole region of San Pablo
+bay&mdash;were the Huchones.</p></div>
+
+<p>The earliest documentary reference is to the diary of
+Abella, in 1811. On October 16 he went through Carquinez
+Strait by boat. Then he says that the strait "...
+remata en la tierra de los Chupunes, porque hay ya ensancha
+..." The "ensancha" or widening begins at
+Port Costa and continues to Martinez. This, then, is the
+boundary of the Chupunes. On October 28, discussing
+the Suisunes on the north side of the bay, he says that
+"La rancheria citada de los Suisunes cahe al nordeste
+de los Chupanes, tierra adentro del Cerro de los Karquines
+..." The Cerro de los Karquines is, of course,
+Mt. Diablo.</p>
+
+<p>In his account of the expedition of 1817 Duran tells
+how he arrived at noon of May 14, by boat from San
+Francisco, at the "remate" of the "estrecho de los Chucanes,"
+at a point 14 leagues northeast of San Francisco<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_62" id="Page_62">[Pg 62]</a></span>
+and 17 leagues north-northeast of San Jose. The rancheria
+of this name, he states, is now Christian, at San
+Francisco and San Jose. The mission books show a
+total of 105 baptisms at the two establishments.</p>
+
+<p>It is reasonably plain that the Aguastos and the Chupunes
+occupied more or less the same territory&mdash;along
+the south shore of the eastern end of Carquinez Strait
+and the western end of Suisun Bay. The diaries and the
+baptism records both indicate that the original inhabitants
+were the Aguastos, who were missionized and
+removed. Their place seems to have been taken by
+another group of natives known as the Chupunes, who
+also were gathered into the fold at some period between
+the visits of Abella and Duran. Subsequent to the 1817
+diary of Duran there is no further mention of this tribe.
+With respect to population we have only the record showing
+105 baptisms. Since the conversion seems to have
+been quite complete, we may set the aboriginal value at
+no more than 150.</p>
+
+<p>Let us now consider the Ompines. This group is
+placed by Schenck on the north bank of the Sacramento
+River at and above the junction of the river and Suisun
+Bay. Schenck also (p. 137) discusses the possibility
+that the Ompines and Julpunes composed a single group.
+In spite of an assumed similarity in names the Spanish
+accounts are unequivocally explicit to the effect that
+there were two groups, not one, hence Schenck's hypothesis
+may be disregarded. With respect to location the
+later Spanish accounts bear out Schenck's contention
+that the tribe was situated north of the river.</p>
+
+<p>In his entry for May 14, 1817, Duran says that his
+expedition stopped at the mouth of the San Joaquin River,
+whereas another boat (that of Argüello) stopped opposite
+"en tierra de Ompines." The next day they all went up
+the Sacramento River to the "remate de las lomas de
+los Ompines." Meanwhile Argüello, in his entry for May
+15, says that they went along the north shore and stopped
+"donde termina la tierra de los Ompines." This puts the
+eastern edge of the Ompines at the east side of the Montezuma
+Hills in T3N, R2E, approximately as shown by
+Schenck. Altimira describes an unauthorized raid by Fr.
+Duran on the tribes north of Suisun Bay, among them
+"... otra rancheria aislada llamada los Ompines"
+(Altimira, MS, 1823).</p>
+
+<p>A few of the earlier documents, on the other hand,
+contain statements which raise the possibility that the
+Ompines were not always confined exclusively to the
+north shore. In his diary of 1811 Abella describes how,
+on October 17, his party entered a big bay (Suisun Bay)
+and, after 5 leagues, following along the south shore,
+began to find estuaries and numerous islands covered
+with tules. They continued into the west channel of the
+San Joaquin and stopped at an island on which large
+trees were growing. At this point, somewhere near
+Antioch, there was a "pescadero" of the Ompines. It is
+evident, therefore, that in 1811 the Ompines had at
+least temporary fishing spots on the south side of the
+estuary, in an area usually ascribed to the Julpunes or
+Tarquines.</p>
+
+<p>The San Jose baptism book shows the conversion of
+108 Ompines. Those from San Rafael and Solano do not
+mention the tribe. The fact that a tribe situated north
+of Suisun Bay does not appear in the records of either
+of these missions is noteworthy, since during the 1820's
+and 1830's the north-bay groups were brought to them
+in large numbers, and since we know from Altimira's
+comment on Duran's raid that the Ompines were still
+in existence in 1823. Furthermore, the Ompines must
+have constituted more than a single small village, for
+Argüello and Duran both refer to the "tierra" of the
+Ompines. The hypothesis is possible, although admittedly
+there is no real proof, that the Ompines may have
+originally occupied the sloughs and islands at and above
+Antioch, that they may have been pushed north at an
+early date by Spanish intrusion from the south and west,
+and that they may have been further dispersed, or exterminated
+without extensive conversion, prior to 1830. If
+such a theory in any way represents the course of their
+decline and disappearance, then it also follows that the
+aboriginal population was considerably greater than the
+baptism number would lead one to suppose.</p>
+
+<p>To turn now to the Julpunes, there seems to be little
+difference of opinion regarding their original location.
+This was as Schenck pictures it: the south shore of the
+San Joaquin estuary from Antioch to the line between
+R3E and R4E. The "Informe" of Hermengildo Sal, written
+in 1796 and previously referred to, specifies the
+"Tulpunes" as a "nacion" living on the "orilla del estero."
+Fourteen years later in 1810 Viader went 7 leagues from
+Pittsburg to the "old river" west of Stockton. He was:
+"... esta tierra es de los Tulpunes." Duran, May 24,
+1817, on his return journey downstream reached the
+region of the Julpunes at 8:00 A.M. and joined the other
+boat at 6:00 P.M. of the same day at Carquinez Strait.</p>
+
+<p>Schenck (1926, p. 137) points out that Kotzebue, who
+was in the area in 1823, implies that the Julpunes were
+living on the north bank. Merriam (1907, p. 348), says
+that the Hulpoomne "occupied the east bank of the Sacramento
+River from a few miles south of the mouth of
+American river southward ..." Schenck's explanation
+of the discrepancy appears to the present writer entirely
+sound: the Julpunes retired across the estuary to the
+north bank and then upstream nearly to Sacramento. In
+so doing they may very well have carried the surviving
+Ompines with them. The San Jose record lists 148 baptisms
+of Julpunes but the name is absent from the records
+of San Francisco, Santa Clara, San Rafael, and Solano
+missions. Along with the Ompines the Julpunes must have
+escaped the active proselyting effort of San Rafael, and
+particularly Solano, between 1824 and 1834, by a rapid
+retirement so far up the river as to elude the parties
+sent out from the missions. The converts at San Jose
+must have been captured by the Viader, Duran, Argüello,
+and similar expeditions before the migration upstream.</p>
+
+<p>The Tarquines are claimed by Schenck to have been
+"... a single group. It seems to have stretched from
+east to west entirely across the marsh area between the
+main channels of the Sacramento and San Joaquin rivers,
+and then to have extended along the southern shore of
+Suisun Bay" (pp. 134-136). Schenck's belief in this remarkable
+distribution is based upon three documentary
+references (at least he cites no more than these three in
+his tabulation on p. 135).</p>
+
+<p>The first of the three documents, chronologically, is
+the first expedition of Viader, in 1810. In his entry for
+August 17 Viader says that, having spent the preceding
+night near the present location of Pittsburg, he reconnoitred
+these lands which "... son de los Tarquines,
+que lo mas, 6 casi todos son Cristianos de San Francisco."
+After noting the mouths of the two rivers, he
+goes on to mention a spot on the estuary "... en donde
+dicen <span class="u">estaba</span> la rancheria de los Tarquines" (emphasis
+mine). Let it be emphasized that in 1810 <span class="u">the</span> Tarquines
+are <span class="u">almost all</span> Christians in San Francisco, and Viader
+saw there <span class="u">the</span> rancheria which <span class="u">was</span>, or <span class="u">had been</span>, that of
+the Tarquines. The San Francisco baptism book shows
+18 "Talquines" converted in 1801 and 63 more in 1802,
+making a total of 83. This number could well be the<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_63" id="Page_63">[Pg 63]</a></span>
+majority, or almost all, the inhabitants of a moderate-sized
+rancheria. Schenck is therefore technically correct
+in placing the tribe on the south shore of the eastern
+end of Suisun Bay.</p>
+
+<p>The second document is the diary of Abella in 1811.
+On October 25, in the course of the return trip downstream,
+some distance below the junction of the channels
+of the San Joaquin, he found a rancheria of the
+Tauquimenes, one part of each side of the river, which
+was 30 to 40 varas wide. This point was apparently at
+or near the head of Sherman Island. The rancheria had
+60 houses. He saw 200 warriors. He then crossed
+through the sloughs to the Sacramento River and on or
+opposite Sherman Island saw one rancheria of 14 houses
+and several of 2 to 3 houses. He says that all they
+passed this day was "... parte de una isla" (i.e.,
+Sherman Island). Furthermore</p>
+
+<div class="blockquot"><p>... en todo este dia andubimos como unas 12 leguas
+[overestimate] y podra haver gente, como 200 almas,
+todavia puede que haiga mas, porque en la primera
+[rancheria] habraumas 1,000, segun lo grande que
+por aqui son las casas, tienen un circuito de 28 o 30
+varas, con su orcon en medio ...</p></div>
+
+<p>This account deserves comment on several grounds:
+with relation to Viader's visit of the previous year and
+the baptisms at San Francisco it is evident that whereas
+the southern extension of the Tarquines' habitat, whatever
+its size, had been swept clear prior to 1810, nevertheless
+the tribe persisted on the estuarine islands in
+truly large numbers. Moreover, since there is evidence
+of no more than one rancheria on the south shore, it
+appears that the territory in that region allotted by
+Schenck to the tribe is too large and should be restricted
+to a small area of the southeastern corner of Suisun Bay.</p>
+
+<p>With respect to population, Abella's figures are quite
+credible. It has been suggested that one of the huge
+houses found in this region could accommodate 9 persons
+without difficulty. Then the large village should have had
+540 inhabitants. Allowing 24 houses for the other villages
+seen, 216 persons should be added, making a total of 756,
+a figure not far from Abella's guess of 1,000.</p>
+
+<p>The final reference to the tribe occurs in the diary of
+Duran. During the night of May 22-23, 1817, he went up
+the main channel of the San Joaquin, in T3N, R4E, and
+passed the Tauguimenes on the <span class="u">left</span>, that is to say, on
+the <span class="u">east</span> bank. Schenck thinks that the group covered the
+entire strip from Pittsburg to the east bank of the main
+river <span class="u">contemporaneously</span>. Now it has been pointed out
+as probable that the southwestern outliers were missionized,
+or pushed back into the swamps, as early as 1801.
+It is equally possible that the island communities described
+by Abella in 1811 were pushed, in the next five
+or six years, off the islands altogether and clear back
+eastward to the far bank of the main river. Of considerable
+significance is the fact that whereas both Viader and
+Abella mention the Tarquines as being in the estuary
+region, Duran, who covered this area thoroughly, is
+completely silent with regard to their presence. It is
+highly unlikely that, had there been any of the tribe left
+in their former habitat, he would have failed to note
+them.</p>
+
+<p>The details are very obscure but the main outlines of
+events in the first three decades of the nineteenth century
+can be perceived. Aboriginally and perhaps till
+nearly 1800, there was a dense population of natives
+extending from Port Costa along the southern shore of
+Suisun Bay and up the rivers for fifteen miles beyond
+Antioch. Among them were included tribal groups, or
+rancherias, called Aguastos, Chupunes, Ompines, Julpunes,
+and Tarquines, belonging very likely to different
+ethnic and linguistic stocks. Under the pressure of the
+Spanish military power, which was the real force behind
+missionization, portions of these groups were exterminated,
+other segments gave ground and shifted habitat,
+and occasional remnants persisted in the old localities.
+Thus each visitor in turn found a different geographical
+organization, until the entire native society was obliterated.</p>
+
+<p>An accurate assessment of aboriginal population in
+this area is impossible. The best we can do is try to
+make an intelligent guess. Several methods are available
+for this purpose&mdash;group comparisons, mission figures,
+area comparisons.</p>
+
+<p>Throughout the plains of the lower San Joaquin and
+Sacramento valleys the native social units appear to
+have resembled rather uniformly the political organization
+of the Yokuts in the central and southern San Joaquin
+Valley. There were aggregates, or communities,
+consisting of perhaps one, but usually more than one,
+village, and occupying a more or less clearly defined
+territory. These groups, as they may be called, can be
+identified by the plural names which are ordinarily
+attached to them&mdash;the Bolbones, the Leuchas, and so
+forth. Naturally these groups varied considerably in
+size, and concerning no single one of them can we be
+absolutely sure of the number of their people. Nevertheless,
+if we had data concerning enough of them, the
+variations due both to inherent difference and to inaccurate
+estimate would tend to cancel out and an approximate
+average could be secured. No pretence can be made
+that we have enough estimates to establish a mean which
+would be statistically satisfactory. Nevertheless, as so
+frequently happens when we are dealing with data of this
+character, we have to employ the information available
+to us or forsake the problem entirely.</p>
+
+<p>We have hitherto considered a number of the local
+groups mentioned above and have estimated their population
+as follows: Bolbones (restricted group, see p. <a href="#Page_58">58</a>),
+1,500; Jusmites, 300; Tugites, 500; Nototemnes, 200;
+Leuchas, 900; Ochejamnes, 750; Guaypem, 300; Quenemsias,
+400; Chucumes and Chuppumne, 1,500. The
+average for the nine groups is 705 or, in round numbers,
+700. If we consider that the Aguastos, Chupunes, Ompines,
+Julpunes, and Tarquines were groups of the same
+character as the foregoing, then their total population
+may be taken as 3,500.</p>
+
+<p>The total baptisms shown in the mission books of the
+five northern missions (in fact, only San Francisco and
+San Jose) for these groups is 911. In previous instances
+we have estimated the aboriginal population by doubling
+the baptism number. This procedure is admittedly purely
+arbitrary and based upon the general consideration that,
+except for small local populations relatively close to the
+mission, it was impossible for the missionaries and
+soldiers to prevent the escape of a sizable fraction of
+the people. Of the five groups here discussed, the
+Aguastos, it is evident, were completely missionized
+or at least obliterated. A much greater proportion of
+the other tribes survived, as is attested by their probable
+migrations up the rivers. Hence for the entire
+population it is doubtful if even one-half received baptism.
+Using the value of one half, the aboriginal number
+would have been approximately 2,000.</p>
+
+<p>Linear distances along streams are useful as a basis
+for comparison in country where the rivers are similar
+ecologically but are clearly separated spatially and where<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_64" id="Page_64">[Pg 64]</a></span>
+the human population is concentrated along the stream
+banks to the exclusion of the interfluvial hinterland.
+Where a territory is marked by a network of creeks
+and sloughs, and the intermediate land is marsh, the
+linear comparisons become impossible. Areas must
+be substituted.</p>
+
+<p>In relation to the present problem three such areas
+may be delineated. The first comprises the territory
+of the Bolbones (including all the subordinate villages)
+and the Leuchas. Following Schenck's map, it embraces
+all the land between the channels of the San Joaquin
+plus a strip approximately two miles wide east of
+the main river in T1 and 2S, R6E which accounts for
+the Leuchas. The area, as projected from a large-scale
+map onto coördinate paper, is 775 square miles, the
+population 3,400, and the density 4.39 persons per
+square mile. The second comprises the home of the
+Ochejamnes, Guaypem, Quenemsias, and Chucumnes-Chuppumne.
+For the habitat of these groups we have
+followed Schenck as far as possible. Our line runs
+actually from the junction of the east and west channels
+of the Sacramento at the foot of Grand Island southeast
+to the main channel of the San Joaquin, thence northeast
+and north to just east of Walnut Grove and then, at a
+distance of about 2 miles east of the eastern channel of
+the Sacramento, to a point 4 miles north of Courtland.
+Here the line crosses the river and continues downstream,
+2 miles west of the river, to the starting point. This
+strip of the western bank of the western branch of the Sacramento
+is included in order to take in the Chucumes,
+who may have lived on the west side of the river. The
+area of this territory is 330 square miles, the population
+2,950, and the density 8.94 persons per square mile.</p>
+
+<p>The third area is the one shown by Schenck as belonging
+to the Chupunes, Tarquines, Julpunes, and Ompines,
+with the exception of the region east of the San Joaquin
+attributed to the Tarquines. For reasons stated previously
+the author does not believe that the Tarquines occupied
+this spot aboriginally. A strip 2 miles wide is included
+on the north shore, however, between Rio Vista and
+Collinsville, in the probable land of the Ompines. The
+eastern boundary is formed by the borders of areas one
+and two. In area three there are 600 square miles. The
+mean of the densities of the other two areas is 6.67 persons
+per square mile. Hence the population would have
+been 4,002 persons. No significance should be attributed
+to the third and probably also the second digit in these
+numbers. They are used only for purposes of estimate.</p>
+
+<p>The three methods employed have yielded respectively
+3,000, 2,000, and 4,000 as the most likely population
+of the five groups here being discussed. In default
+of any other evidence we may take the average 3,000.</p>
+
+<p class="right">
+<span class="u">(Chupunes, Tarquines, Ompines, Julpunes ... 3,000)</span><br />
+</p>
+
+<p>Adding the totals for the tribes known to inhabit the
+delta region of the great rivers and the southern shore
+of Suisun Bay, we arrive at a total population of 9,350.</p>
+
+<p class="right">
+<span class="u">Delta area ... 9,350</span><br />
+</p>
+
+<p>It is now preferable to depart from a strictly tribal
+sequence and revert once more to a classification based
+upon river basins. Three areas of this type are sufficiently
+clearly marked out; those corresponding to (1)
+the Cosumnes River, (2) the Mokelumne River, and (3)
+the lower San Joaquin River from just below the Merced
+to the head of tide water near Manteca. The inhabitants
+may be designated village or tribal groups in accordance
+with the river system where they were located.</p>
+
+<p><span class="u">The Cosumnes group.</span>&mdash;On the river of this name lived
+the large and important aggregate of peoples known popularly
+as the Cosumnes, which included a restricted tribelet
+or subgroup also called Cosumnes. Ethnically a portion
+of the Plains Miwok, they extended from Sloughhouse
+close to the foothills, along the lower course of the Cosumnes
+River to its confluence with the Mokelumne near
+Thornton, and from that point northwestward to the Sacramento.
+The tribe as a whole was divided into either
+villages or tribelets, the names of many of which have
+come down to us from the Spanish records or have been
+ascertained by informants from ethnographers. As might
+be expected, there is considerable confusion among the
+different sets of names.</p>
+
+<p>The mission documents are replete with village and
+tribal names but the number of baptisms was not as
+large as might be anticipated from what must have been
+a very populous aggregate of natives. The reason probably
+lies in the fact that missionizing expeditions to the
+Cosumnes were preceded by exploratory and punitive
+expeditions which, to be sure, brought home a few converts
+but which were chiefly preoccupied with military
+objectives. The Cosumnes, together with the Mokelumnes
+and other peoples of the lower San Joaquin Valley, had
+the time and the opportunity to develop great facility in
+the raiding and stealing of livestock and consequently
+for many years were in a state of uninterrupted war with
+the coastal settlers. The bitter hostility thus generated,
+together with the aggressive psychology which accompanied
+successful physical opposition to the Spaniards,
+made extensive conversion to Christianity very difficult.
+As a result the relative proportion of the natives baptized
+was unquestionably much lower than among the bay and
+delta tribes previously considered. The baptisms which
+appear in the mission records follow.</p>
+
+
+<div class="center">
+<table border="0" cellpadding="4" cellspacing="0" summary="conversion">
+<tr><th align="left"><span class="u">Tribe or Group</span>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;</th><th align="center"><span class="u">Date of Conversion</span>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;</th><th align="center"><span class="u">Baptisms</span></th></tr>
+<tr><td align="left">Cosumnes<br />
+<span style="margin-left: 1em;">(Tribelet)</span></td><td align="center"> 1826-1836</td><td align="center"> 84</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left">Junisumne<br /><span style="margin-left: 1em;">(Anizumne,</span><br /><span style="margin-left: 1.5em;">Unsumne)</span></td><td align="center">1813-1834</td><td align="center">363</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left">Lelamne<br /><span style="margin-left: 1em;">(Llamne)</span></td><td align="center"> 1813-1836</td><td align="center">128</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left">Gualacomne</td><td align="center">1825-1836</td><td align="center">158</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left">Amuchamne<br /><span style="margin-left: 1em;">(Mackemne)</span></td><td align="center">1834-1835</td><td align="center">13</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left">Sololumne</td><td align="center">1828-1834</td><td align="center">6</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left">Locolumne</td><td align="center">1826-1834</td><td align="center">52</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left">&nbsp;</td><td align="center">&nbsp;</td><td align="center">&nbsp;&mdash;&mdash;&mdash;</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="center">Total</td><td align="center">&nbsp;</td><td align="center">804</td></tr>
+</table></div>
+
+<p>If we apply the general principle used with the delta
+groups and double the baptism number, the population
+becomes 1,608, a figure which is much too low. The
+Lelamne, with 128 baptisms, comprises the group
+attacked by Soto in 1813, at which time we have estimated
+that there were four villages of 475 persons each
+involved in the battle. This calculation implies a total
+of 1,900 for the Lelamne alone. On the other hand, the
+account is not entirely clear as to whether or not there
+were members of the Cosumnes tribelet concerned. If
+so, we may be dealing with both the Lelamne and adjacent
+neighbors who were designated locally Cosumnes.
+If we include the baptisms of all those under both names,
+we have 212. Furthermore, the Junisumne (or Unsumne
+or Anizumne) were often confused with the Cosumnes.
+If the 363 baptisms listed under the Junisumne are added<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_65" id="Page_65">[Pg 65]</a></span>
+we get 575 and, multiplying by 2, the population of the
+three divisions collectively would have been 1,150. This
+estimate also appears too small and leads to the conclusion
+suggested above on historical grounds that a
+baptism factor valid for the delta would not be applicable
+to the Cosumnes group as a whole.</p>
+
+<p>Another documentary source is of interest in this
+connection. This is the account by José Berreyesa in
+1830 (MS) of an affray along the lower Sacramento
+River in which Americans participated under Ewing
+Young. Christian fugitives from the missions had been
+protected by the Yunisumenes (Junisumne), who had
+joined with the Ochejamnes. They were opposed by the
+Mexicans and their allies, the Sigousamenes (Siakumne),
+the Cosomes, and the Ilamenes. These last tribes had
+gathered an army of 450 "Gentiles auciliares." The
+Yunisumenes, Cosomes, and Ilamenes are, of course,
+precisely the three subtribes discussed in the preceding
+paragraph. Now if the Sigousamenes, Cosomes,
+and Ilamenes contributed 450 men collectively, they
+each may be considered to have furnished 150 men.
+Since the opponents were fairly well matched, it is
+likely that the Yunisumenes supplied a similar number.
+We can assume that for routine fighting of this sort,
+particularly where two of the tribelets were ranged
+with the Mexicans instead of against them, the armies
+included no more than the strictly military population,
+or not in excess of half the males over the age of ten
+years. Hence, if the sex ratio was unity and the young
+children constituted approximately 15 per cent of the
+population, the aggregate number of the three subtribes
+would have amounted to 1,920, or almost the same as
+was estimated from the Soto report in 1813 for the
+Lelamne (Ilamenes) above, or perhaps the Lelamne
+augmented by some of the Cosumnes tribelets or subtribes.
+The Berreyesa episode occurred in 1830, after
+all these groups had suffered twenty years of attrition
+owing to perpetual minor warfare, disease, and starvation.
+Hence the population of the three tribelets jointly,
+Junisumne, Cosumnes, and Lelamne, must have reached
+fully 3,000 in 1813. The baptism factor, consequently,
+would not have been 50 per cent, but 575 divided by 3,000,
+or 19.2 per cent.</p>
+
+<p>Three other villages or tribelets which can be identified
+in the mission records as being closely associated
+with the Cosumnes are the Amuchamne, Sololumne, and
+Locolumne. The first two probably correspond to Merriam's
+Oo-moo-chah and So-lo-lo, which in later times
+at least were rancherias. Assuming all three to have
+been villages, we may consider that each contained an
+average number of 300 inhabitants. The respective baptism
+numbers were 13.6, and 52. In relative terms the
+baptisms amounted to 4.3, 2.0, and 17.3 per cent.</p>
+
+<p>The last division listed above is the Gualacomne,
+synonymous with Merriam's Wah-lah-kum-ne. Merriam
+(Mewko List, MS) places them between the lower Stanislaus
+and the Tuolumne rivers, but quotes Hale, who saw
+them in the 1840's, as saying that they lived on the lower
+east side of the Sacramento River. Hale's statement is
+strongly supported by the fact that they appear in J. A.
+Gatten's census of 1846 (MS, 1872). Gatten ennumerated
+only the tribes along the lower Sacramento. Whether
+the Gualacomne can be affiliated with the Cosumnes
+ethnically is doubtful but it is reasonable to include them
+with this group demographically.</p>
+
+<p>Of the Gualacomne 158 were baptized in the missions.
+That the group was fairly large is attested by the fact
+that Gatten reported, under the name Yalesumne, that
+485 were alive in 1846, Since no open valley group could
+possibly have retained more than one-third of its former
+members in 1846, it does not seem excessive to ascribe
+1,455 persons to the tribelet. The baptism factor is 10.8
+per cent, and the average of the five values secured with
+the Cosumnes group is 10.7, or, let us say 10.0 per cent.
+The total population on the lower Cosumnes and adjacent
+Sacramento rivers, according to the discussion above
+would be 5,355 souls.</p>
+
+<p>We may approach the problem from a different direction
+if we start with the villages compiled by Merriam
+(1907, p. 349). He mentions sixteen villages on the
+Cosumnes River system from Sloughhouse nearly but
+not quite to the Sacramento. It is extremely probable
+that there were other villages on the Sacramento River
+itself. Nevertheless, let us take Merriam's list as it
+stands. The upper seven villages lie between Sloughhouse
+and the junction of the Cosumnes River with Deer Creek,
+the remainder below that point. Of the lower nine we may
+consider that four correspond to those seen by Soto, which
+were quite large. It was estimated that they contained 475
+persons apiece. The other five lower villages, although
+perhaps not so populous, must have held fully 300 inhabitants
+each. The upper seven were no doubt smaller but
+still should have reached the values given by Moraga for
+similar stretches of the Tuolumne and Merced, i.e.,
+approximately 250 persons. The total would then come
+to 5,150, very close to the previous estimate. It will be
+both adequate and conservative to establish the population
+at 5,200.</p>
+
+<p class="right">
+<span class="u">Cosumnes group ... 5,200</span><br />
+</p>
+
+<p><span class="u">The Moquelumne group.</span>&mdash;Here are included the Indians
+living on the lower course of the Mokelumne River, the
+Calaveras River, and the plain between the two. Five
+tribes mentioned by the Spanish writers fall within this
+category: the Moquelumnes, the Siakumne, the Passasimas,
+the Yatchikumne and the Seguamne. The exact
+territorial status of these tribes has been a subject of
+considerable disagreement among ethnographers.</p>
+
+<p>The original Moquelumnes of the Spaniards were undoubtedly
+located on the Mokelumne River itself from
+Campo Seco nearly to the junction with the Cosumnes at
+which point they adjoined the Cosumnes tribe. According
+to George H. Tinkham, in his History of San Joaquin
+County (1923), they extended in a north-south direction
+all the way from Dry Creek to the Calaveras River, but
+by the middle of the nineteenth century they may have
+spread out from their original habitat. The Yatchikumne
+are shown by Schenck as filling the space between the
+lower Mokelumne and the lower Calaveras and extending
+westward to the San Joaquin River. Merriam (Mewko
+List, MS) quotes F. T. Gilbert to the effect that they
+occupied the Mokelumne River basin, but if they did so,
+it was because of the displacements during the mining
+era. The Passasimas are placed by Schenck on the left
+bank of the Calaveras River at, and for several miles
+upstream from, its junction with the San Joaquin River.</p>
+
+<p>The Siakumne and the Seguamne are subject to
+some confusion. This difficulty arises partially from
+the similarity in name. The Siakumne are called Si-a-kum-ne
+by Merriam and Sakayakumne by Kroeber.
+In Gatten's census of 1846 they appear as Sagayakumne.
+In the San Jose baptism book we find Ssicomne, Zicomne,
+Siusumne, and Sigisumne. The Seguamne, on
+the other hand are designated Seguamnes and Saywamines
+by Merriam and Sywameney or Seywameney
+by Sutter in his New Helvetia Diary (1939). Gatten
+calls them Sywamney. They appear in the San Jose<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_66" id="Page_66">[Pg 66]</a></span>
+record as Secuamne, Seguamne, Seyuame, and other
+variants.</p>
+
+<p>The Siakumne lived somewhere between the Calaveras
+and Stanislaus rivers according to Merriam,
+who places one of their villages at Knights Ferry on
+the Stanislaus. Schenck doubts Merriam's location and
+Kroeber puts the rancheria Sakayakumne as far north
+as the Mokelumne. Sutter (1939, p. 88) says that some
+of these people came to work for him, an unlikely event
+if they had been living as far away as the Stanislaus. It
+is probable that the lower Calaveras River is as close
+as we can place them. The Seguamne are not mentioned
+at all by Schenck. Merriam (Mewko List, MS) says they
+were a "tribe or subtribe on E. side lower Sacramento
+River" and may have been a subtribe of the Bolbones.
+Sutter and Gatten both refer to the tribe, and the sphere
+of activity of these men did not extend much below the
+Sacramento River itself. Hence, although there are
+grounds for including the Seguamne with the Bolbones
+or the Cosumnes, no serious error will be committed
+by placing them in the Mokelumne group.</p>
+
+<p>The Moquelumnes were unquestionably quite numerous.
+In Spanish and Mexican times they were the most
+aggressive and belligerent of all the valley tribes and
+gave the coastal settlers a very rough struggle. Nevertheless,
+in spite of their detestation of the missionaries
+they furnished 143 converts between 1817 and 1835. At
+a ratio of 10 per cent this would mean a population,
+prior to the mission period, of about 1,400 souls. J. M.
+Amador (MS, 1877, p. 43) says that once, during the
+later colonial period, they furnished 200 auxiliaries, a
+fact which would argue fully 1,000 people at the time.
+Gatten in his census of 1846 gives them a total of 81
+persons but G. H. Tinkham says that in 1850 or thereabouts
+they possessed four sizable villages with four
+chieftains. This may have meant between 200 and 400
+persons, a really considerable number of survivors
+for a tribe which had suffered so extensively in the preceding
+three decades. These indications, and it must
+be admitted that they are only indications, would lead
+one to infer that the aboriginal population reached at
+least 1,500.</p>
+
+<p>Precisely because the Moquelumnes were so brutally
+handled in the colonial era the modern ethnographic
+accounts of villages are very incomplete. Neither Merriam
+nor Schenck gives us any list. Kroeber puts three
+on his map (1925, opp. p. 446): Mokel (-umni), Lelamni,
+and Sakayak-umni. I think we are now in a position
+to state that these names represent former tribes
+and if they were applied to villages by informants, it
+is because the component units had shrunk to very small
+size.</p>
+
+<p>Stream density comparisons are of value for the
+Mokelumne group. On the Cosumnes River, from Sloughhouse
+to Thornton, Merriam shows thirteen rancherias
+(omitting those close to the Sacramento River). As was
+proposed above we may ascribe from 200 to 400 inhabitants
+to each of these, say on the average 300. Now
+there is no reason to suppose that the Mokelumne River
+from the San Joaquin-Calaveras county line to just west
+of Lodi was less heavily populated than the Cosumnes.
+If so, the number of villages per linear river mile must
+have been very nearly the same. For the stretches under
+consideration there were 24 miles on the Cosumnes and
+22 on the Mokelumne. Thus we would get 12 villages and
+3,600 persons living on the Mokelumne River.</p>
+
+<p>The Yatchikumne and, if we are to credit Schenck,
+the Passasimas occupied a position on the Calaveras
+River comparable to that occupied by the Moquelumnes
+on the Mokelumne. Schenck regards the Yatchikumne as
+a tribe equal in importance to the Moquelumnes, and the
+county historians speak of them as a large group. Their
+river frontage is equivalent to that of the Moquelumnes.
+For these reasons we would be justified in ascribing to
+the Yatchikumne and Passasimas the same population
+as the Moquelumnes, i.e., 3,600. The evaluation of the
+other two groups from the geographical standpoint is
+difficult, owing to the uncertainty of their location. The
+Siakumne may be regarded as living somewhere on the
+lower Calaveras and, if so, must be included with the
+Yatchikumne and Passasimas in the estimate for the
+Calaveras. The Seguamne may or may not have inhabited
+the banks of the Mokelumne and Calaveras rivers. In
+view of our ignorance on this point it may be well to
+omit them from consideration in this connection and
+leave the estimate with the existing total of 7,200.</p>
+
+<p>We may attempt some direct tribal comparisons. In
+considering the northern San Joaquin Valley and delta 21
+tribes and tribelets have been examined, namely: Aguastos,
+Bolbones (4 tribes), Leuchas, Ochejamnes, Guaypen,
+Quenemsias, Chuppumne, Chupunes, Tarquines,
+Julpunes, Ompines, and the Cosumnes group (7 tribes).
+For all these the average population calculated has been
+very close to 700. If this figure is applied directly to
+the Moquelumne group, its population becomes 3,500.
+However, some adjustment is necessary. The Moquelumnes
+by all accounts, Spanish and American, were
+an unusually large tribe, probably reaching at least
+1,500. The Yatchikumne may not have been as numerous
+but were apparently above the average size, let us say
+1,200. The Passasimas, despite the fact that Schenck
+thinks they were a "group plus" may be regarded as
+smaller, perhaps no more than average. For the Siakumne
+and Seguamne we must also assume the average
+figure, 700. With these adjustments the total reaches
+4,800.</p>
+
+<p>The baptism books give us a record of the following
+conversions.</p>
+
+
+<div class="center">
+<table border="0" cellpadding="4" cellspacing="0" summary="bapbooksjsc">
+<tr><th align="left"><span class="u">Tribe</span></th><th align="center"><span class="u">San Jose</span>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;</th><th align="center"><span class="u">Santa Clara</span></th></tr>
+<tr><td align="left">Moquelumnes</td><td align="center">143</td><td align="center">...</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left">Yatchikumnes</td><td align="center">118</td><td align="center">...</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left">Passasimas</td><td align="center">145</td><td align="center">...</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left">Siakumne</td><td align="center">22</td><td align="center">...</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left">Seguamne</td><td align="center">47</td><td align="center">116</td></tr>
+</table></div>
+
+<p>The Passasimas, Siakumne, and Seguamne were situated
+in the vicinity of the San Joaquin River and hence
+were more exposed to the Spanish expeditions than the
+tribes along the lateral streams. Hence the proportion
+of those taken for conversion may have been higher than
+the 10 per cent of the aboriginal population found for the
+Cosumnes, although it would not have attained the value
+of 50 per cent characteristic of the more westerly delta
+tribes. We may take an intermediate figure, 20 per cent.
+This would give the Passasimas a population of 725, the
+Siakumne 110, and the Seguamne 815. The great disparity
+between the figures for the last two tribes may well be
+due to confusion of names in the mission records. The
+total for the three is 1,650. For the Yatchikumne on the
+Calaveras River no more than 10 per cent baptisms can
+be assumed, yielding a population figure of 1,180. If
+only geographical location were considered, the same
+factor could be used for the Moquelumnes but this tribe
+resisted missionization with extraordinary tenacity.
+Hence we are not justified in using a factor of more than
+7 per cent, from which we may infer that the population<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_67" id="Page_67">[Pg 67]</a></span>
+was 2,040. The baptism data would then give us a total
+for the group of 4,870.</p>
+
+<p>According to the estimates furnished by pioneers
+and government officials for the period just preceding
+the Gold Rush the population ran into the thousands.
+The census by Savage (Dixon, MS, 1875) puts 4,000 on
+the Cosumnes, Mokelumne, and Calaveras and 2,500 on
+the Stanislaus, F. T. Gilbert (1879, p. 13) says that "before
+the advent of Sutter" there were 2,000 on the Mokelumne
+and, as far as I can ascertain, he implies that on the
+Cosumnes and Mokelumne together there were fully
+5,000. These figures were undoubtedly greatly exaggerated
+but nevertheless indicate a very large population in
+the area just before the discovery of gold and subsequent
+to the destructive epidemics of 1833-1835. Even if we
+cut these estimates in half, there would remain in midcentury
+approximately 2,000 persons in the basins of
+the Moquelumne, Calaveras, and adjacent San Joaquin
+rivers. A residue of 2,000 in 1850 means certainly an
+original population of three times as much, i.e., 6,000.</p>
+
+<p>To recapitulate the estimates for the Moquelumne
+group, we find:</p>
+
+
+<div class="center">
+<table border="0" cellpadding="4" cellspacing="0" summary="moquelumne">
+<tr><td align="left">By stream densities</td><td align="left">7,200</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left">By adjusted tribal averages</td><td align="left">4,800</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left">By baptism data</td><td align="left">4,870</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left">By extrapolation from American estimates</td><td align="left"><span class="u">6,000</span></td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left"><span style="margin-left: 2em;">Mean</span></td><td align="left">5,720</td></tr>
+</table></div>
+
+<p>The mean, 5,720, appears entirely reasonable for the aboriginal
+population of such a vigorous and important group.</p>
+
+<p class="right">
+<span class="u">Moquelumne group ... 5,720</span><br />
+</p>
+
+<p><span class="u">The lower San Joaquin River group.</span>&mdash;Here are included
+for convenience the tribes and fragments of tribes inhabiting
+the banks of the San Joaquin River from the habitat of
+the Leuchas, in the vicinity of Manteca, to just below the
+mouth of the Merced, together with those living along the
+lower courses of the Stanislaus and Tuolumne rivers (see
+maps <a href="#map1">1</a>, <a href="#map5">5</a>, and <a href="#map6">6</a>, area 8). The San Joaquin villages or
+tribes appear to have been Cuyens, Mayemes, Tationes,
+and Apaglamnes. The first two are regarded by Schenck
+as villages only and the latter two as "villages plus." The
+only Spaniard who described the area was Viader, in the
+accounts of his two expeditions of 1810.</p>
+
+<p>On his first expedition, having left the village of Tomchom,
+he went south-southeast up the river for 2½ leagues
+to another village "... cuya capitan se llama Cuyens."
+This was very close to section 10, in T3S, R6E. After a
+journey of another 2½ to 3 leagues he found another village,
+whose captain was Maijem (sec. 8, in T4S, R7E).
+Then, after 2 leagues, still another village, whose captain
+was Bozenats (in sec. 34, in T4S, R7E), was seen. Three
+leagues farther in the same direction brought him to the
+rancheria "... cuyo appelido es Tationes." In the meantime
+he had seen 30 gentiles from the Apaglamnes. The
+Tationes were located close to section 27, in T5S, R8E.</p>
+
+<p>During his second expedition, on October 22, Viader
+went from Pescadero southeast up the river for 5 leagues
+to "los indios Tugites." Three leagues farther on he was
+met by Indians from Cuyens, who went with him to the
+"Rancheria de Mayem," another 4½ leagues farther on.
+Then, having forded the river to the east shore, they
+went still another 2 leagues to a rancheria "que se llama
+... Taualames." The Rio Dolores (Tuolumne) was supposed
+to be 2 to 3 leagues north. However, Viader went
+upstream on the east bank 6 leagues to the Rio Merced,
+having in the meantime passed "en frente de ... los
+indios Apelamenes y Tatives."</p>
+
+<p>The distances on both trips are very consistent and
+the village locations check closely with those shown on
+Schenck's map, except that only the Taualames should
+be placed on the east bank of the river. Viader is very
+explicit in saying that all the others were on the west
+bank.</p>
+
+<p>Cuyens, Mayem, and Bozenats are beyond doubt
+villages, since each was named after its chief, or captain.
+The Tationes and Apaglamnes are given in the
+plural: "los indios Apelamenes y Tatives." They may
+well have possessed more than one rancheria each, as
+is supposed by Schenck. Schenck thinks that Cuyens and
+Mayem were transient parties from Kroeber's Miwok
+villages, Chuyumkatat and Mayemam, which were on
+the Cosumnes. Aside from the possible similarity in
+names there is not the slightest evidence in Viader's
+diaries to support such a theory. Viader definitely specifies
+rancherias, and the missionaries of that period
+were able to distinguish rancherias from fishing parties.</p>
+
+<p>From the record we have in this area five villages
+certain and at least one other probable. For six villages
+of average size (there is no indication that they were
+smaller) the population would be assumed as 300 persons
+each, or 1,800 in all.</p>
+
+<p>The mission records show for baptisms:</p>
+
+
+
+<div class="center">
+<table border="0" cellpadding="4" cellspacing="0" summary="viader">
+<tr><th align="left">Tribe or<br /><span class="u">Village</span></th><th align="center">Dates of<br /><span class="u">Conversion</span></th><th align="center">Number of<br /><span class="u">Baptisms</span></th></tr>
+<tr><td align="left">Cuyens</td><td align="center">1811-1813</td><td align="center">88</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left">Mayemes</td><td align="center">1813-1823</td><td align="center">91</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left">Apaglamnes</td><td align="center">1818-1824</td><td align="center">48</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left">Tationes</td><td align="center">1805-1811</td><td align="center">243</td></tr>
+</table></div>
+
+<p>The total is 470. These were San Joaquin River natives,
+not from the delta and marsh region. On the other hand
+they were less remote from Spanish influence and attack
+than the tribes which extended up the lateral streams.
+Hence the proportion of baptisms was probably intermediate
+between the value of 50 per cent assumed for the very
+exposed bay and delta people and that of 10 per cent
+ascribed to the Cosumnes. An estimate of 25 per cent
+would be reasonable, yielding a population value of 1,800.
+The two methods of calculation coincide, and the result,
+1,800 inhabitants, may be allowed for the area.</p>
+
+<p>For the lower Stanislaus and Tuolumne rivers the
+only tribes mentioned in the Spanish documents are the
+Tauhalames (or Taulamnes) on the Tuolumne and the
+Lakisamne (or Lakisumne or Laquisemne) on the Stanislaus.
+Kroeber (1925, p. 485) writes: "the Tawalimni,
+presumably on Tuolumne River ... the Lakisamni ... on
+the Stanislaus ..." Schenck says (p. 141):</p>
+
+<div class="blockquot"><p>The villages of Taulamne and Taualames are both
+definitely placed, the former on an inaccessible rock
+on the Stanislaus river in the foothills, the latter at
+the ford of the San Joaquin just below the mouth of
+the Tuolumne river.... This seems to establish
+the region between the lower Tuolumne and Stanislaus
+rivers as Taulamne territory. Merriam agrees in
+assigning the same region to the Tuolumne.</p></div>
+
+<p>Schenck's only reference to the Lakisamne is on the
+same page: "The Leuchas might possibly be identified
+with Kroeber's Lakisamni (Yokuts) on the Stanislaus
+river." But the mission records and all other documents
+clearly distinguish between the two groups, rendering
+Schenck's hypothesis entirely untenable.</p>
+
+<p>Some of the confusion may derive from the account of<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_68" id="Page_68">[Pg 68]</a></span>
+Muñoz. In his diary of the Moraga expedition he tells
+how, on October 1, 1806, the party left the Merced
+River and proceded northwest for 7 to 8 leagues, reaching
+finally a river which they called the Dolores (i.e.,
+the Tuolumne, probably near Modesto). There were no
+Indians, but signs of "varias rancherias," the inhabitants
+having all absconded. On October 2 they went
+northwest again and at 4 leagues, in the middle of a
+very large oak park, they came upon another river,
+which they called the Guadelupe. This could only have
+been the Stanislaus, probably somewhere east of Ripon.
+On the next day, October 3, they went up this river,
+and at the end of 6 leagues reached a rancheria called
+Taulamne. It was situated in "unos empinados voladeros
+e inacesibles por unas encrespadas rocas." They could
+not get at the Indians but estimated the population as
+200, on the basis of the people they could discern. This
+village, be it noted, was situated among "steep cliffs,
+inaccessible because of certain rough rocks"&mdash;not on an
+inaccessible rock in the river. This spot, judging by
+both the distances and the description, was along the
+limestone bluffs which steeply border the south bank of
+the Stanislaus for several miles opposite Knights Ferry.
+The Indians said that there were six other rancherias
+upstream. From this point the expedition moved the
+next day again northwest toward the Calaveras River.
+We gather little concerning tribal names from Moraga's
+account but we learn that there was a considerable population
+along the Stanislaus which demonstrated sharp
+defiance to the Spanish invaders.</p>
+
+<p>In the later documents there is little if any reference
+to the Taulamnes but much discussion of the Lakisamni.
+There are repeated allusions to this group as being very
+hostile, bad raiders, and the object of several military
+campaigns, particularly those against the great Indian
+rebel chief, Estanislao. The fighting was undoubtedly
+on the Stanislaus River and the Indian protagonists were
+frequently allied with the Cosumnes and Mokelumnes.
+From the context of the documents they would seem to
+have been as numerous, or at least as bellicose, as
+either of these two tribes.</p>
+
+<p>José Sanchez in 1826 refers to his bitter battle with
+Estanislao, which took place on the "rio de los Laquisimes"
+(MS, 1826). Joaquin Piña describes a military
+expedition under Guadelupe Vallejo in 1829 (MS, 1829).
+The objective was two "rancherias," one of the Laquisimes
+and the other of the Tagualames, on the "Rio de
+los Laquisimes," or the "Rio Pescadero." The campaign
+was inconclusive since nearly all of the Indians escaped.</p>
+
+<p>From the citations above it appears probable that the
+Taulamnes and the Lakisamne were two distinct tribal
+groups and that their home was on both the Tuolumne
+and Stanislaus rivers. It is also likely that in the turmoil
+and confusion of the period between 1800 and 1830
+the original spacing and distribution of the tribes became
+irreparably lost and that the surviving fragments
+of both amalgamated and reconstituted themselves with
+reference to their Spanish enemies rather than with
+reference to their aboriginal social organization. Hence
+they may have come to be concentrated more on the
+Stanislaus than on the Tuolumne.</p>
+
+<p>The only direct population estimate we have for them
+is that of Muñoz, who claimed 200 persons for the village
+of Taulamne, among the cliffs. Assuming that 50 persons
+were not seen, the village would have had 250 inhabitants,
+which is more or less standard for the general
+area, according to Moraga's account. If the other
+six villages had an equal population, the total would
+have been 1,500. But this estimate does not include the
+portion of the Stanislaus below Taulamne which was
+covered by Moraga in his march of 6 leagues upstream.
+No villages are mentioned in connection with this march
+but they could scarcely have failed to exist. Hence we
+may add another 500 without much fear of exaggeration,
+making a total of 2,000 for the course of the river from
+the San Joaquin to several miles above Knights Ferry.
+On the Tuolumne "varias rancherias" were seen, all
+deserted by their occupants. However, Moraga also remarked
+that the lower Tuolumne resembled the lower
+Merced. On the latter were 8 rancherias, hence there
+may have been an equal number on the Tuolumne. At a
+conservative 225 persons in each, the aggregate would
+have been 1,800. The sum for the two rivers would be
+3,800.</p>
+
+<p>The baptism lists show 151 conversions for the Lakisamne
+and 263 for the Taulamnes, or 414 in all. In view
+of the notorious hostility and the successful resistance
+these groups opposed to the white men, evident even in
+Moraga's day, we are justified in setting the baptism
+factor as low as for the Mokelumnes, or 7 per cent.
+This gives a potential aboriginal population of 5,920.</p>
+
+<p>The midcentury American estimates would indicate
+more than this number. H. W. Wessells (1859) claims
+500 to 700 on the Stanislaus and Tuolumne in 1853.
+Adam Johnston (1853) put 1,350 on his map of the same
+area in 1852. W. M. Ryer vaccinated 1,010 on the two
+rivers in 1851. The Daily Alta California for May 31,
+1851, said that the Indians were 1,000 strong between
+the Stanislaus and the Tuolumne, and Savage, for an
+earlier period, put them at 4,600 (Dixon, MS, 1875).
+On the other hand, it must be remembered that as a
+result of Spanish and Mexican, not to mention American,
+aggression most of the strictly San Joaquin River people
+had long since retreated up the lateral streams. Hence
+the natives seen by the commissioners between 1850 and
+1853 included the residues of all the river tribes from
+Manteca to Merced. For the southern part of the San
+Joaquin Valley it was determined, in a previous discussion,
+that the population remainder in 1850 represented
+approximately one-third of the aboriginal population. Of
+the estimates just cited the most reliable is that of Ryer.
+Following the suggestions presented in the consideration
+of his activities, we must make a correction to account
+for persons who missed vaccination. Such a correction
+would bring the number to 1,420. Then application of
+the factor one-third gives an aboriginal value of 4,730.</p>
+
+<p>The three modes of estimate yield respectively a
+population of 3,800, 5,920, and 4,730, with an average
+of 4,817. We may use a slightly greater value and call
+the population 5,000. To this must be added the 1,800
+persons estimated to have lived along the San Joaquin
+River itself. The lower San Joaquin River group as a
+whole, therefore, may be assigned a population of 6,800.</p>
+
+<p class="right">
+<span class="u">Lower San Joaquin River Group ... 6,800</span><br />
+</p>
+
+<p class="right">
+<span class="u">NORTHERN SAN JOAQUIN VALLEY ... 27,070</span><br />
+</p>
+
+
+<h3><a name="THE_MIWOK_FOOTHILL_AREA" id="THE_MIWOK_FOOTHILL_AREA"></a>THE MIWOK FOOTHILL AREA</h3>
+
+<p>Above the central valley itself and occupying the
+foothills from the Cosumnes to the Tuolumne lived the
+northern and central Miwok. This region was not
+reached by the Spanish expeditions nor were many,
+if any, of the inhabitants incorporated in the missions.
+It is therefore necessary to rely exclusively upon the<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_69" id="Page_69">[Pg 69]</a></span>
+reports of the ethnographers. In a preceding discussion
+of the central Miwok, who lived on the upper
+Stanislaus and Tuolumne, there were cited the data
+secured by Gifford, Kroeber, and Merriam for 70 villages.
+This area in 1850 was estimated to contain a
+population of 1,470. There are no data comparable to
+Gifford's for the rivers farther north, largely because
+the natives on the upper Cosumnes, Mokelumne, and
+Calaveras were thoroughly dispersed during the Gold
+Rush and village names and locations have become lost
+to the memory of Indian and white man alike. It is possible,
+however, to get a reasonable estimate of the
+population indirectly.</p>
+
+<p>The territory of the northern Miwok, from the ecological
+standpoint resembles closely that of the central
+Miwok. Hence stream mileage and area comparisons
+are justified. If we use the boundaries of the two groups
+substantially as given by Kroeber in the Handbook (map,
+opp. p. 446) and plot rivers and areas on a large-scale
+map, the equivalent aboriginal population for the northern
+Miwok by stream mileage and area is 2,480 and
+1,535, respectively. The discrepancy in the two estimates
+is due to the greater frequency of streams and
+creeks in the northern area. The average of the population
+calculated by the two methods is 2,008, very
+close to that found for the central Miwok. The total for
+the foothill strip is then 4,138 or in round numbers
+4,150.</p>
+
+<p class="right">
+<span class="u">MIWOK FOOTHILL AREA ... 4,150</span><br />
+</p>
+
+
+<div class="footnotes"><h3>FOOTNOTES:</h3>
+
+<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_5_5" id="Footnote_5_5"></a><a href="#FNanchor_5_5"><span class="label">[5]</span></a> There are numerous other letters pertaining to this matter in the same
+volume of the Provincial State Papers.</p></div>
+</div>
+
+
+<hr class="chap" /><p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_70" id="Page_70">[Pg 70]</a></span></p>
+<h2><a name="SUMMARY_AND_CONCLUSIONS" id="SUMMARY_AND_CONCLUSIONS"></a>SUMMARY AND CONCLUSIONS</h2>
+
+
+<p>From the data presented in detail in the last section
+we may now derive the aboriginal population of the San
+Joaquin Valley as a whole.</p>
+
+
+<div class="center">
+<table border="0" cellpadding="4" cellspacing="0" summary="summary">
+<tr><th align="left"><span class="u">Region</span></th><th align="left">&nbsp;</th><th align="right"><span class="u">Population</span></th></tr>
+<tr><td align="left">Tulare Lake Basin</td><td align="right">&nbsp;</td><td align="right">6,500</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left">Kaweah River</td><td align="right">&nbsp;</td><td align="right">7,600</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left">Merced River</td><td align="right">&nbsp;</td><td align="right">3,500</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left">Kings River</td><td align="right"></td><td align="right">9,100</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left">Mariposa, Fresno, Chowchilla,<br /><span style="margin-left: 1em;">upper San Joaquin</span></td><td align="right">&nbsp;</td><td align="right">&nbsp;<br />19,000</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left">Southern San Joaquin Valley</td><td align="right">&nbsp;</td><td align="right">6,900</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left">Northern San Joaquin Valley</td><td align="right">&nbsp;</td><td align="right">&nbsp;</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left"><span style="margin-left: 1em;">Delta area</span></td><td align="right">9,350</td><td align="right">&nbsp;</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left"><span style="margin-left: 1em;">Lower Cosumnes</span></td><td align="right">5,200</td><td align="right">&nbsp;</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left"><span style="margin-left: 1em;">Lower Mokelumne</span></td><td align="right">5,720</td><td align="right">&nbsp;</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left"><span style="margin-left: 1em;">Lower San Joaquin, Calaveras,</span><br /><span style="margin-left: 1em;">Tuolumne, and Stanislaus</span></td><td align="right">&nbsp;<br /><span class="u">6,800</span></td><td align="right">&nbsp;<br />27,070</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left">Foothill strip (central<br /><span style="margin-left: 1em;">and northern Miwok)</span></td><td align="right">&nbsp;</td><td align="right">&nbsp;<br /><span class="u">4,150</span></td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left"><span style="margin-left: 2em;">Total</span></td><td align="right">&nbsp;</td><td align="right">83,820</td></tr>
+</table></div>
+
+<p>The total, 83,820, is more than four times as large
+as the population estimated to be surviving in 1850
+(19,000) and much exceeds any previous estimate advanced
+by modern students of the California Indians.</p>
+
+<p>Dr. C. Hart Merriam in 1905 computed the population
+of the entire state of California as 260,000, of
+whom perhaps one-fifth may have occupied the San
+Joaquin Valley, although Merriam does not attempt to
+assess the population of this area as such. Kroeber
+discusses the matter at length in the Handbook (pp. 488-491,
+880-891) and concludes that the population of the
+whole state was 133,000. Of these the Yokuts had 18,000,
+the Miwok (Plains and Sierra) 9,000, the Western Mono
+about 1,000, and the peripheral tribes in the south perhaps
+2,000, a total of 30,000. Schenck is more liberal,
+since for the delta region he allows for a spread of between
+3,000 and 15,000 persons. The present estimate
+for the same area, as closely as it can be determined,
+is in the vicinity of 13,000, or within Schenck's limits
+although toward his upper extreme.</p>
+
+<p>Since the data and reasoning upon which the present
+figure of 83,820 is based are set forth in detail in the
+preceding pages there is little value in repeating them,
+nor will anything be gained by attempting a rebuttal to
+the arguments presented by Kroeber. At the same time
+the author may be permitted to recapitulate three points
+wherein he thinks many modern scholars have been misled.</p>
+
+<div class="blockquot"><p>1. All available information from the Spanish and
+Mexican sources must be consulted. To confine an argument
+or an estimate to a single account, such as that by
+Moraga, may lead to a false impression. Kroeber seems
+to have been thus deceived in his discussion of the population
+of the Yokuts.</p>
+
+<p>2. It must be remembered that in the central valley,
+as contrasted perhaps with an area like the Klamath
+River, no informants speaking since 1900, and particularly
+since 1920, can possibly have furnished a true
+picture of conditions prior to the Spanish invasion in the
+decade following 1800.</p>
+
+<p>3. The depletion of population in the San Joaquin
+Valley between 1800 and 1850 was far greater than has
+been appreciated, although the basic facts have always
+been recognized. Warfare, massacre, forced conversion,
+starvation, and exposure all took a tremendous
+toll of life but the sweeping epidemics of the 1830's
+were even more devastating. Together these forces
+destroyed in the aggregate fully 75 per cent of the aboriginal
+population.</p></div>
+
+
+
+<hr class="chap" /><p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_71" id="Page_71">[Pg 71]</a></span></p>
+<h2><a name="APPENDIX" id="APPENDIX"></a>APPENDIX</h2>
+
+
+<p>After this manuscript was completed, the writer had
+an opportunity to examine those documentary files of the
+Office of Indian Affairs and of the War Department which
+are at present in the National Archives at Washington.
+Several letters in the files containing information on the
+native population of the San Joaquin Valley have never,
+so far as could be determined, been published. Since the
+data thus procured are fragmentary and since they do not
+apparently invalidate the conclusions set forth in previous
+pages, they have not been incorporated in the body of this
+paper. These items, however, have some intrinsic interest
+and therefore merit specific mention. They are briefly
+abstracted as follows.</p>
+
+
+<p class="center"><span class="u">War Department</span></p>
+
+<div class="blockquot"><p><span class="u">Record Group 98.</span> 10th Military Dept. Letters received
+Calif., Document no. <span class="u">K 21</span>. E. D. Keyes, Camp
+Magruder, June 17, 1851.</p>
+
+<p>The 8 tribes on the Kaweah, with whom a treaty was
+concluded on May 30 contain 1,240 individuals.</p>
+
+<p>The 4 tribes on Paint Creek with whom a treaty was
+concluded on June 3 contain 1,660 persons.</p>
+
+<p><span class="u">Record Group 98.</span> Letters received Calif., 1854.
+Enclosure to document no. <span class="u">W 2</span>. John Nugent, Camp
+Wessells, Dec. 31, 1853.</p>
+
+<p>The Four Creeks region (Kaweah) from the Sierra
+Nevada to Tulare Lake will not contain more than
+1,000, all told.</p>
+
+<p><span class="u">Record Group 98.</span> Letters received Calif., 1854.
+Enclosure to document no. <span class="u">W 12</span>. H. W. Wessells,
+Fort Miller, March 7, 1854.</p>
+
+<p>The Indians under control of Fort Miller include those
+on the Fresno, San Joaquin, Kings, and Kaweah
+Rivers. They are much reduced in numbers, owing
+to the recent sickness.</p>
+
+<p>Fresno River: 400 persons, including 100 able men.</p>
+
+<p>San Joaquin River: 350, including 80-90 able men.</p>
+
+<p>Kings River: 1,100, including 250 able men.</p>
+
+<p>Kaweah River: 800, including 200 able men.</p></div>
+
+
+<p class="center"><span class="u">Office of Indian Affairs</span></p>
+
+<div class="blockquot"><p><span class="u">Record Group 75.</span> Letters received Calif., 1854.
+Enclosure to document no. <span class="u">H 758</span>. D. A. Enyart,
+Fresno Reservation, Nov. 3, 1854.</p>
+
+<p>The Indians on the Fresno Farm include: 30 Chowchilla,
+220 Choot-chances, 90 Pohonicha, and 100 Potohanchi.</p>
+
+<p>The Indians in Mariposa, Stanislaus, and Tuolumne
+counties do not exceed a total of 2,000.</p>
+
+<p>By river system he breaks them down thus: 300 on the
+Merced, 350 on the Tuolumne, 250 at Plant's Ferry
+on the Stanislaus, 100 elsewhere on the Stanislaus,
+and 100 scattering through the country.</p>
+
+<p><span class="u">Record Group 75.</span> Letters received Calif., 1855.
+Enclosure to document no. <span class="u">H 1050</span>. Report of D. A.
+Enyart, Fresno Reservation, Aug. 22, 1855.</p>
+
+<p>"I find that there are at least about 1,000 to 1,500 Indians
+on the River (i.e., San Joaquin).... This does not
+include the 'Mono' tribe which is the most numerous
+of any tribe...."</p>
+
+<p><span class="u">Record Group 75.</span> Letters received Calif., 1859.
+Enclosure to document no. <span class="u">M 66</span>. M. B. Lewis,
+Fresno Agency, Aug. 30, 1859.</p>
+
+<p>A report on the 22 tribes which recognize the Fresno
+Agency as their headquarters. Abstracted as follows:</p></div>
+
+
+
+<div class="center">
+<table border="0" cellpadding="4" cellspacing="0" summary="abstract" width="80%">
+<tr><td align="left"><span class="u">Wel-leelch-um-nies</span>:<br />
+<span style="margin-left: 2em;">the most northerly tribe; is "temporarily" on the Tuolumne River
+because of displacement by the whites.</span></td><td align="right">&nbsp;<br />85</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td align="left"><span class="u">Poto-en-cies</span>:<br />
+<span style="margin-left: 2em;">have abandoned their native land, the Merced Valley and are now on the
+Chowchilla.</span></td><td align="right">&nbsp;<br />110</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td align="left"><span class="u">Noot-choos</span>:<br />
+<span style="margin-left: 2em;">"a union of the remnant of other tribes,"
+including some Yosemites. Now on the
+north fork of the Chowchilla.</span></td><td align="right">&nbsp;<br />85</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td align="left"><span class="u">Po-ho-nee-chees</span>:<br />
+<span style="margin-left: 2em;">on the headwaters of the Fresno.</span></td><td align="right">&nbsp;<br />105</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td align="left"><span class="u">Chow-chillas</span>:<br />
+<span style="margin-left: 2em;">have moved from the Chowchilla to the Fresno River.</span></td><td align="right">&nbsp;<br />85</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td align="left"><span class="u">Cooc-chances</span>:<br />
+<span style="margin-left: 2em;">the largest "unbroken" tribe in the agency,
+originally on Coarse Gold Creek; some
+still there, some at agency.</span></td><td align="right">&nbsp;<br />240</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td align="left"><span class="u">How-ches</span>:<br />
+<span style="margin-left: 2em;">once large; always have been on the Fresno.</span></td><td align="right">&nbsp;<br />18</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td align="left"><span class="u">Pit-cat-ches</span> and <span class="u">Tal-linches</span>:<br />
+<span style="margin-left: 2em;">(two distinct tribes); native habitat was the San Joaquin River; still near Fort Miller.</span></td><td align="right">&nbsp;<br />150</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td align="left"><span class="u">Coss-waz</span>:<br />
+<span style="margin-left: 2em;">"to some extent identified with the
+Pit-cat-ches"; native land is Deer Creek.</span></td><td align="right">&nbsp;<br />88</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td align="left"><span class="u">Monos</span>:<br />
+<span style="margin-left: 2em;">on Fine Gold Creek and the upper San Joaquin River.</span></td><td align="right">&nbsp;<br />535</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td align="left"><span class="u">War-to-kes</span>, <span class="u">Itee-ches</span>, and <span class="u">Cho-pes</span>:<br />
+<span style="margin-left: 2em;">all on Kings River; "constitute one
+nation" but have separate heads (on Wartoke Creek).</span></td><td align="right">&nbsp;<br />290</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td align="left"><span class="u">Wat-ches</span>:<br />
+<span style="margin-left: 2em;">since 1854 have been on Kings River Farm.</span></td><td align="right">&nbsp;<br />75</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td align="left"><span class="u">No-to-no-tos</span> and <span class="u">We-melches</span>.</td><td align="right">190</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td align="left"><span class="u">Tat-ches</span> and <span class="u">Wo-wells</span>:<br />
+<span style="margin-left: 2em;">these four tribes are native to the lower Kings River and Tulare Lake.
+They were recently driven to their homes on the Fresno Farm.</span></td><td align="right">&nbsp;<br />165</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td align="left"><span class="u">Cow-willas</span>:<br />
+their home is the mouth of the Kaweah at the foothills.</td><td align="right">&nbsp;<br />110</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td align="left"><span class="u">Tel-em-nies</span>:<br />
+<span style="margin-left: 2em;">on the Kaweah, near Visalia.</span></td><td align="right">&nbsp;<br />105</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td align="left">&nbsp;</td><td align="right">&mdash;&mdash;</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td align="left"><span style="margin-left: 4em;">Total</span></td><td align="right">2,436</td>
+</tr>
+</table></div>
+
+
+
+<hr class="chap" /><p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_72" id="Page_72">[Pg 72]</a></span></p>
+<h2><a name="BIBLIOGRAPHY" id="BIBLIOGRAPHY"></a>BIBLIOGRAPHY</h2>
+
+
+<h3>PUBLISHED WORKS</h3>
+
+<p>Barbour, G. W.</p>
+
+<p class="i4">1852. 32nd Cong., 1st sess., Sen. Ex. Doc. 1, pt.
+III.</p>
+
+<p class="i4">1853. Report to the Indian Commissioner. 33rd
+Cong., spec. sess., Sen. Ex. Doc. 4, pp.
+249-264 [Ser. no. 688].</p>
+
+<p>Barbour, G. W., R. McKee, and O. M. Wozencraft</p>
+
+<p class="i4">1853. Report to the Indian Commissioner. 33rd
+Cong., spec. sess., Sen. Ex. Doc. 4, pp.
+56-59.</p>
+
+<p>Carson, James H.</p>
+
+<p class="i4">1852. In San Joaquin Republican (Stockton, Feb.,
+1852), as quoted by S. P. Elias, Stories of
+Stanislaus (Modesto, 1924), p. 196.</p>
+
+<p><a name="Chapman_Charles_E" id="Chapman_Charles_E"></a>Chapman, Charles E.</p>
+
+<p class="i4">1911. Expedition on the Sacramento and San Joaquin
+Rivers in 1817, Diary of Fray Narciso
+Duran. Publ. Acad. Pacific Coast Hist.,
+Vol. 2, No. 5.</p>
+
+<p>Cook, S. F.</p>
+
+<p class="i4">1940. Population Trends among the California
+Mission Indians. Univ. Calif. Ibero-Americana
+17. Berkeley.</p>
+
+<p>Coues, Elliott, ed.</p>
+
+<p class="i4">1900. On the Trail of a Spanish Pioneer. (The diary
+of Francisco Garcés.) Trans, and ed. by Elliott
+Coues. New York. The parts pertaining
+to the San Joaquin Valley are in 1:281-300.</p>
+
+<p>Derby, Lt. George H.</p>
+
+<p class="i4">1852. A Report of the Tulare Valley. 32nd. Cong.,
+1st sess., Sen. Ex. Doc. 110, pp. 4-16.</p>
+
+<p>Farquhar, Francis P.</p>
+
+<p class="i4">1932. The Topographical Reports of George H.
+Derby, California Hist. Soc. Quarterly,
+11:99, 247, 365.</p>
+
+<p>Gayton, A. H.</p>
+
+<p class="i4">1948. Yokuts and Western Mono Ethnography. Univ.
+Calif. Publ. Anthro. Rec., Vol. 10. Berkeley.</p>
+
+<p>Gifford, E. W.</p>
+
+<p class="i4">1932. The Northfork Mono. Univ. Calif. Publ. Am.
+Arch. and Ethn., 31:15-65. Berkeley.</p>
+
+<p>Gifford, E. W., and W. Egbert Schenck</p>
+
+<p class="i4">1926. Archaeology of the Southern San Joaquin
+Valley, California. Univ. Calif. Publ. Am.
+Arch. and Ethn., 23:1-122. Berkeley.</p>
+
+<p>Gilbert, F. T.</p>
+
+<p class="i4">1879. History of San Joaquin County, California.
+Oakland, Calif.</p>
+
+<p>Henley, T. J.</p>
+
+<p class="i4">1857. Report to the Commissioner of Indian Affairs,
+accompanying Ann. Rept. Sec. of the Interior
+for 1856. No. 100, pp. 236-246.</p>
+
+<p>Johnston, Adam</p>
+
+<p class="i4">1853. Report to the Indian Commissioner. 33rd
+Cong., spec. sess., Sen. Ex. Doc. 4, pp.
+241-247.</p>
+
+<p class="i4">1860. In H. R. Schoolcraft, Archives of Aboriginal
+Knowledge, 4:406 ff.</p>
+
+<p>Kroeber, A. L.</p>
+
+<p class="i4">1925. Handbook of the Indians of California. Bur.
+Amer. Ethn. Bull. 78. Washington, D.&nbsp;C.</p>
+
+<p>Latta, F. F.</p>
+
+<p class="i4">1949. Handbook of Yokuts Indians. Bakersfield,
+Calif.</p>
+
+<p>Mason, J. D.</p>
+
+<p class="i4">1881. History of Amador County, California. Oakland,
+Calif.</p>
+
+<p>Merriam, C. Hart</p>
+
+<p class="i4">1905. The Indian Population of California, American
+Anthropologist, n.s., 7:594-606.</p>
+
+<p class="i4">1907. Distribution and Classification of the Mewan
+Stock of California, American Anthropologist,
+n.s., 9:338-357.</p>
+
+<p>Powers, Stephen</p>
+
+<p class="i4">1877. Tribes of California, Contributions to North
+American Ethnology. Washington, D.&nbsp;C.</p>
+
+<p>Ryer, W. M.</p>
+
+<p class="i4">1852. Vouchers for vaccination. 32nd Cong., 2nd
+sess., Sen. Ex. Doc. 61, pp. 20-23 [Ser.
+no. 620].</p>
+
+<p>Savage, James D.</p>
+
+<p class="i4">1851. Letter in the True Standard, reprinted in the
+Sacramento Union, Apr. 10, 1851.</p>
+
+<p>Schenck, W. Egbert</p>
+
+<p class="i4">1926. Historic Aboriginal Groups of the California
+Delta Region. Univ. Calif. Publ. Am. Arch.
+and Ethn., 23:123-146. Berkeley.</p>
+
+<p>Sutter, John A.</p>
+
+<p class="i4">1850. Letter to H. W. Halleck, Dec. 20, 1847. 31st
+Cong., 1st sess., H. R. Ex. Doc. 17.</p>
+
+<p class="i4">1939. New Helvetia Diary; a Record of Events Kept
+by John A. Sutter and His Clerks at New Helvetia,
+California, from September 9, 1845,
+to May 25, 1848. San Francisco, Calif.</p>
+<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_73" id="Page_73">[Pg 73]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>Tinkham, George H.</p>
+
+<p class="i4">1923. History of San Joaquin County, California.
+Los Angeles, Calif.</p>
+
+<p>United States Treaties</p>
+
+<p class="i4">1905. Message from the President ... communicating
+Eighteen Treaties made with Indians
+in California ... [1851-1852, by G. W.
+Barbour, O. M. Wozencraft, and Redick
+McKee.] 32nd Cong., 1st sess., Sen. Con.
+Doc. Reprint of 1905. Washington, D.&nbsp;C.</p>
+
+<p>Warner, J. J.</p>
+
+<p class="i4">Description of 1832 Epidemic among the
+Indians of the San Joaquin Valley. In An
+Illustrated History of San Joaquin County,
+California ... pp. 28-29. The Lewis
+Publishing Co. Chicago.</p>
+
+<p>Wessels, H. W.</p>
+
+<p class="i4">1857. Report on the Tribes of the San Joaquin
+Valley. 34th Cong., 3rd sess., H. R. Ex.
+Doc. 76, pp. 31-32.</p>
+
+<p>Wozencraft, O. M.</p>
+
+<p class="i4">1851. Letter dated July 12, 1851. 32nd Cong., 1st
+sess., Sen. Ex. Doc. 1, pt. III, pp. 488-490
+[Ser. no. 906].</p>
+
+
+<h3>MANUSCRIPTS</h3>
+
+<p class="center">All manuscripts are in the Bancroft Library,<br /> University
+of California, Berkeley, unless otherwise stated.</p>
+
+<p>Abella, Ramon</p>
+
+<div class="blockquot"><p>Diario de un registro de los Rios Grandes,
+Oct. 31, 1811, San Francisco. Santa Barbara
+Archive, IV:101-134. Also original manuscript.</p></div>
+
+<p>Altimira, José</p>
+
+<div class="blockquot"><p>Letter to Prefect José Senan, July 10, 1823,
+San Francisco. Archbishop's Archive, IV (2):21-26.</p></div>
+
+<p>Amador, José Maria</p>
+
+<div class="blockquot"><p>Memorias sobre la Historia de California,
+1877. Original manuscript C-D 28.</p></div>
+
+<p>Argüello, José</p>
+
+<div class="blockquot"><p>Letter to Governor Arrillaga, May 30, 1805,
+San Francisco. Provincial State Papers, XIX:42 ff.</p></div>
+
+<p>Argüello, Luís Antonio</p>
+
+<div class="blockquot"><p>Letter to Governor Arrillaga, Oct. 31, 1813,
+San Francisco. Provincial State Papers, XIX:345-349.</p>
+
+<p>Carta al Gobernador Don Pablo Vicente de
+Sola ... May 26, 1817, San Francisco.
+Original manuscript (no. fm F864A64); also
+typed copy.</p></div>
+
+<p>Berryesa, José</p>
+
+<div class="blockquot"><p>Dated July 15, 1830, San Jose. Departmental
+State Papers, II:135-137.</p></div>
+
+<p>Cabot, Juan</p>
+
+<div class="blockquot"><p>Expedicion al valle de los Tulares, Letter to
+the Padre Presidente, Apr. 7, 1815. Santa
+Barbara Archive, VI:67-72.</p>
+
+<p>Letter to De La Guerra, May 23, 1818. De
+La Guerra Documents, VII:88.</p></div>
+
+<p>Dixon, H.</p>
+
+<div class="blockquot"><p>California Indians. 1875.</p></div>
+
+<p>Duran, Narciso</p>
+
+<div class="blockquot"><p>Diario de la expedicion de reconocimiento
+hecha en el mes de Mayo de 1817....
+Original manuscript. (See also <a href="#Chapman_Charles_E">Charles E. Chapman</a>, 1911.)</p></div>
+
+<p>Estudillo, José Maria</p>
+
+<div class="blockquot"><p>Diario que formo yo el ten<sup>te</sup> d<sup>n</sup> Jose Maria
+Estudillo en la campaña ... emprendo p<sup>a</sup>
+el reconocimiento y visita de las rancherias
+situadas en los tulares ... Nov. 10, 1819,
+Monterey. Original manuscript; also typed
+copy.</p></div>
+
+<p>Garcia, Inocente</p>
+
+<div class="blockquot"><p>Hechos Historicos de California, 1878. Original
+manuscript. CC-D 84.</p></div>
+
+<p>Jaime, Antonio</p>
+
+<div class="blockquot"><p>Letter to Governor Sola, March 30, 1816,
+Soledad. Archbishop's Archive, III(1):23-24.</p></div>
+
+<p>Marquinez, Marcelino</p>
+
+<div class="blockquot"><p>Letter to Governor Sola, May 26, 1816. Archbishop's
+Archive, III(1):41-42.</p></div>
+
+<p>Martin, Juan</p>
+
+<div class="blockquot"><p>Visita a los Gentiles Tulareños, Apr. 26,
+1815, San Miguel. Santa Barbara Archive,
+VI:85-89.</p></div>
+
+<p>Martinez, Luís Antonio</p>
+
+<div class="blockquot"><p>Entrada en las Rancherias del Tular, May 29,
+1816, San Luis Obispo. Archbishop's Archive,
+III(1):42-45.</p></div>
+
+<p>McKinstry, George</p>
+
+<div class="blockquot"><p>Documents for the History of California,
+1846-9. Presented by Dr. George McKinstry
+of San Diego, 1872.</p></div>
+
+<p>Merriam, C. Hart</p>
+
+<div class="blockquot"><p>Manuscript collection in Department of Anthropology,
+University of California, Berkeley.</p></div><p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_74" id="Page_74">[Pg 74]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>Moraga, Gabriel</p>
+
+<div class="blockquot"><p>Diario de la tercera expedicion echa por el
+Alferez Don Gabriel Moraga ... a los rios
+del norte; verificada en el mes de septiembre
+de el año de 1808. Original manuscript; also
+two typed copies.</p></div>
+
+<p>Muñoz, Pedro</p>
+
+<div class="blockquot"><p>Diario de la Exp<sup>n</sup> echa por D. Gabriel Moraga
+de la Compania de San Francisco a los nuevos
+descubrimientos del tular ... Nov. 2, 1806,
+San Francisco. Santa Barbara Archive, IV:1-47.</p></div>
+
+<p>Ortega, Juan de</p>
+
+<div class="blockquot"><p>Diario que forma el Sarg<sup>to</sup> Dist<sup>do</sup> D<sup>n</sup> Juan de
+Ortega segun los sitios q<sup>e</sup> por orn. del Sr.
+Gov<sup>or</sup> de su mando registrar ... Dec. 2,
+1815, San Juan Bautista. Original manuscript;
+also typed copy.</p></div>
+
+<p>Pico, José Dolores</p>
+
+<div class="blockquot"><p>Diario formado p<sup>r</sup> el Sarg<sup>to</sup> José Dolores
+Pico de la expedicion que a echo p<sup>r</sup> dispocion
+del ciudadano ... José Estudillo, Jan. 31,
+1826. Original manuscript.</p></div>
+
+<p>Piña, Joaquin</p>
+
+<div class="blockquot"><p>Quaderno de las Novedades Hoccuridas diariamente
+en la expedicion que marcha a las ordenes
+del ... Guadelupe Vallejo, June 13,
+1829, Monterey. Original manuscript; also a
+copy in the California Manuscript series, no.
+E-88.</p></div>
+
+<p>Rodriguez, Sebastián</p>
+
+<div class="blockquot"><p>Diario que forma yo el Sarg<sup>to</sup> Sebastian
+Rodriguez de la Campana nombrada el dia 17
+de Abril de 1828 [dated May 8, 1828]. Original
+manuscript.</p>
+
+<p>Diario formado p<sup>r</sup> el Sargento Sebastian Rodriguez
+desde el dia 26 de Mayo ... una expedicion
+al Tular por el rumbo de S. Miguel, June
+22, 1828, Monterey. Manuscript.</p></div>
+
+<p>Sal, Hermenegildo</p>
+
+<div class="blockquot"><p>... Informe en el cual el teniente Herm<sup>do</sup>
+Sal manifesta lo que ha adquirido de varios
+sugetos para comunicarlo al Governador dela
+Provincia; Jan. 31, 1796. Provincial State
+Papers, XIV:14-16.</p></div>
+
+<p>Sanchez, José</p>
+
+<div class="blockquot"><p>Letter to Ignacio Martinez, May 10, 1826.
+State Papers, Missions and Colonization,
+II:15-20.</p></div>
+
+<p>Savage, James</p>
+
+<div class="blockquot"><p>In H. Dixon, California Indians. MS 1875.</p></div>
+
+<p>Viader, José</p>
+
+<div class="blockquot"><p>Diario, o noticia del viaje que acabo de hacer
+... desde el 15 hasta el 28 de Agosto de 1810,
+Aug. 28, 1910, San Juan Bautista. Santa Barbara
+Archive, IV:73-84.</p>
+
+<p>Diario del P. Jose desde 19 hasta 27 de Octubre
+de 1810. Letter to the Padre Presidente, Oct.
+19, 1810, San Jose. Santa Barbara Archive,
+IV:85-94.</p></div>
+
+<p>Zalvidea, José Maria</p>
+
+<div class="blockquot"><p>Diario de una expedicion tierra adentro, 1806.
+Santa Barbara Archive, IV:49-68.</p></div><p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_75" id="Page_75">[Pg 75]</a></span></p>
+
+<hr class="chap" />
+<p class="center"><small>[TN: Click on maps for larger views.]</small><br /><br /></p>
+<div class="figcenter" style="width: 493px;">
+<a name="map1" id="map1"></a>
+<a href="images/i074g.png">
+<img src="images/i074.png" width="493" height="600" alt="Map 1. This map covers the entire area under discussion,
+extending from the Cosumnes River to the Tehachapi. The
+smaller divisions, denoted by numbers and letters, represent
+the habitat areas considered in detail in the text. The succeeding
+maps, drawn to larger scale, show these same areas with
+the tribal divisions entered as far as possible.
+
+To accompany Cook, &quot;Aboriginal Population of San Joaquin
+Valley,&quot; Univ. of Calif. Publ., Anthro. Rec. Vol. 16, No. 2."/>
+</a>
+<span class="caption">Map 1. This map covers the entire area under discussion,
+extending from the Cosumnes River to the Tehachapi. The
+smaller divisions, denoted by numbers and letters, represent
+the habitat areas considered in detail in the text. The succeeding
+maps, drawn to larger scale, show these same areas with
+the tribal divisions entered as far as possible.<br /><br />
+
+To accompany Cook, &quot;Aboriginal Population of San Joaquin
+Valley,&quot; Univ. of Calif. Publ., Anthro. Rec. Vol. 16, No. 2.</span>
+</div>
+<hr class="tb" />
+<div class="figcenter" style="width: 600px;">
+<a name="map2" id="map2"></a>
+<a href="images/i075g.png">
+<img src="images/i075.png" width="600" height="551" alt="Map 2. Habitat areas 1A-2: the southern Yokuts and peripheral tribes."/>
+</a><span class="caption">Map 2. Habitat areas 1A-2: the southern Yokuts and peripheral tribes.</span>
+</div>
+<hr class="tb" /><p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_76" id="Page_76">[Pg 76]</a></span></p>
+<div class="figcenter" style="width: 600px;">
+<a name="map3" id="map3"></a>
+<a href="images/i076g.png">
+<img src="images/i076a.png" width="600" height="384" alt="Map 3. Habitat areas 3A-4C: the basins of the Kaweah and Kings rivers, including the Yokuts
+and part of the Mono."/>
+</a><span class="caption">Map 3. Habitat areas 3A-4C: the basins of the Kaweah and Kings rivers, including the Yokuts
+and part of the Mono.</span>
+</div>
+<hr class="tb" />
+<div class="figcenter" style="width: 600px;">
+<a name="map4" id="map4"></a>
+<a href="images/i076h.png">
+<img src="images/i076b.png" width="600" height="447" alt="Map 4. Habitat areas 5A-6B: the Yokuts, part of the Mono, and the Southern Miwok."/>
+</a><span class="caption">Map 4. Habitat areas 5A-6B: the Yokuts, part of the Mono, and the Southern Miwok.</span>
+</div>
+<hr class="tb" /><p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_77" id="Page_77">[Pg 77]</a></span></p>
+<div class="figcenter" style="width: 600px;">
+<a name="map5" id="map5"></a>
+<a href="images/i077g.png">
+<img src="images/i077.png" width="600" height="392" alt="Map 5. Habitat areas 7A-14: the Northern Yokuts, Central and Northern Miwok."/>
+</a><span class="caption">Map 5. Habitat areas 7A-14: the Northern Yokuts, Central and Northern Miwok.</span>
+</div>
+<hr class="tb" /><p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_78" id="Page_78">[Pg 78]</a></span></p>
+<div class="figcenter" style="width: 542px;">
+<a name="map6" id="map6"></a>
+<a href="images/i078g.png">
+<img src="images/i078.png" width="542" height="600" alt="Map 6. The Lower San Joaquin River and Delta areas (particularly areas 8 and 13)."/>
+</a><span class="caption">Map 6. The Lower San Joaquin River and Delta areas (particularly areas 8 and 13).</span>
+</div>
+
+<hr class="chap" />
+
+
+<p class="transnote">Transcriber's Notes<br /><br />
+
+
+Retained the spelling and punctuation inconsistencies of the original
+book, except for the following changes:<br /><br />
+
+Page <a href="#Page_52">52</a>: Changed "haorses" to "horses".<br />
+<span style="margin-left: 1em;">Orig.: southeast from Copicha and saw haorses from the rancheria</span><br />
+<br />
+Page <a href="#Page_67">67</a>: Changed "slighest" to "slightest".<br />
+<span style="margin-left: 1em;">Orig.: there is not the slightest evidence in Viader's diaries</span><br />
+<br />
+Page <a href="#Page_73">73</a>: Changed "manuscipt" to "manuscript".<br />
+<span style="margin-left: 1em;">Orig.: Abella, Ramon ... Also original manuscipt.</span><br />
+</p>
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+<pre>
+
+
+
+
+
+End of the Project Gutenberg EBook of The Aboriginal Population of the San
+Joaquin Valley, California, by Sherburne F. Cook
+
+*** END OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK ABORIGINAL POP.--SAN JOAQUIN VALLEY ***
+
+***** This file should be named 38770-h.htm or 38770-h.zip *****
+This and all associated files of various formats will be found in:
+ https://www.gutenberg.org/3/8/7/7/38770/
+
+Produced by Colin Bell, Joseph Cooper, Diane Monico, and
+the Online Distributed Proofreading Team at
+https://www.pgdp.net
+
+
+Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions
+will be renamed.
+
+Creating the works from public domain print editions means that no
+one owns a United States copyright in these works, so the Foundation
+(and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United States without
+permission and without paying copyright royalties. Special rules,
+set forth in the General Terms of Use part of this license, apply to
+copying and distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works to
+protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm concept and trademark. Project
+Gutenberg is a registered trademark, and may not be used if you
+charge for the eBooks, unless you receive specific permission. If you
+do not charge anything for copies of this eBook, complying with the
+rules is very easy. You may use this eBook for nearly any purpose
+such as creation of derivative works, reports, performances and
+research. They may be modified and printed and given away--you may do
+practically ANYTHING with public domain eBooks. Redistribution is
+subject to the trademark license, especially commercial
+redistribution.
+
+
+
+*** START: FULL LICENSE ***
+
+THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE
+PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK
+
+To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free
+distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work
+(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase "Project
+Gutenberg"), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full Project
+Gutenberg-tm License (available with this file or online at
+https://gutenberg.org/license).
+
+
+Section 1. General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic works
+
+1.A. By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to
+and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property
+(trademark/copyright) agreement. If you do not agree to abide by all
+the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or destroy
+all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your possession.
+If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound by the
+terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the person or
+entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph 1.E.8.
+
+1.B. "Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark. It may only be
+used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who
+agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement. There are a few
+things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works
+even without complying with the full terms of this agreement. See
+paragraph 1.C below. There are a lot of things you can do with Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this agreement
+and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works. See paragraph 1.E below.
+
+1.C. The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the Foundation"
+or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection of Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic works. Nearly all the individual works in the
+collection are in the public domain in the United States. If an
+individual work is in the public domain in the United States and you are
+located in the United States, we do not claim a right to prevent you from
+copying, distributing, performing, displaying or creating derivative
+works based on the work as long as all references to Project Gutenberg
+are removed. Of course, we hope that you will support the Project
+Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting free access to electronic works by
+freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm works in compliance with the terms of
+this agreement for keeping the Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with
+the work. You can easily comply with the terms of this agreement by
+keeping this work in the same format with its attached full Project
+Gutenberg-tm License when you share it without charge with others.
+
+1.D. The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern
+what you can do with this work. Copyright laws in most countries are in
+a constant state of change. If you are outside the United States, check
+the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this agreement
+before downloading, copying, displaying, performing, distributing or
+creating derivative works based on this work or any other Project
+Gutenberg-tm work. The Foundation makes no representations concerning
+the copyright status of any work in any country outside the United
+States.
+
+1.E. Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg:
+
+1.E.1. The following sentence, with active links to, or other immediate
+access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear prominently
+whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work on which the
+phrase "Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the phrase "Project
+Gutenberg" is associated) is accessed, displayed, performed, viewed,
+copied or distributed:
+
+This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with
+almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or
+re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included
+with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org
+
+1.E.2. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is derived
+from the public domain (does not contain a notice indicating that it is
+posted with permission of the copyright holder), the work can be copied
+and distributed to anyone in the United States without paying any fees
+or charges. If you are redistributing or providing access to a work
+with the phrase "Project Gutenberg" associated with or appearing on the
+work, you must comply either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1
+through 1.E.7 or obtain permission for the use of the work and the
+Project Gutenberg-tm trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or
+1.E.9.
+
+1.E.3. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted
+with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution
+must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any additional
+terms imposed by the copyright holder. Additional terms will be linked
+to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works posted with the
+permission of the copyright holder found at the beginning of this work.
+
+1.E.4. Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this
+work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm.
+
+1.E.5. Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this
+electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without
+prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with
+active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project
+Gutenberg-tm License.
+
+1.E.6. You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary,
+compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including any
+word processing or hypertext form. However, if you provide access to or
+distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format other than
+"Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official version
+posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm web site (www.gutenberg.org),
+you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense to the user, provide a
+copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means of obtaining a copy upon
+request, of the work in its original "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other
+form. Any alternate format must include the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1.
+
+1.E.7. Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying,
+performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works
+unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9.
+
+1.E.8. You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing
+access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works provided
+that
+
+- You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from
+ the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method
+ you already use to calculate your applicable taxes. The fee is
+ owed to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he
+ has agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the
+ Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation. Royalty payments
+ must be paid within 60 days following each date on which you
+ prepare (or are legally required to prepare) your periodic tax
+ returns. Royalty payments should be clearly marked as such and
+ sent to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the
+ address specified in Section 4, "Information about donations to
+ the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation."
+
+- You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies
+ you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he
+ does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+ License. You must require such a user to return or
+ destroy all copies of the works possessed in a physical medium
+ and discontinue all use of and all access to other copies of
+ Project Gutenberg-tm works.
+
+- You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of any
+ money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the
+ electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days
+ of receipt of the work.
+
+- You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free
+ distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works.
+
+1.E.9. If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic work or group of works on different terms than are set
+forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing from
+both the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and Michael
+Hart, the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark. Contact the
+Foundation as set forth in Section 3 below.
+
+1.F.
+
+1.F.1. Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable
+effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread
+public domain works in creating the Project Gutenberg-tm
+collection. Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may contain
+"Defects," such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate or
+corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other intellectual
+property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or other medium, a
+computer virus, or computer codes that damage or cannot be read by
+your equipment.
+
+1.F.2. LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the "Right
+of Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project
+Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project
+Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all
+liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal
+fees. YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT
+LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE
+PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH 1.F.3. YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE
+TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE
+LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR
+INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH
+DAMAGE.
+
+1.F.3. LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a
+defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can
+receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a
+written explanation to the person you received the work from. If you
+received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium with
+your written explanation. The person or entity that provided you with
+the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in lieu of a
+refund. If you received the work electronically, the person or entity
+providing it to you may choose to give you a second opportunity to
+receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund. If the second copy
+is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing without further
+opportunities to fix the problem.
+
+1.F.4. Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth
+in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS' WITH NO OTHER
+WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO
+WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTIBILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE.
+
+1.F.5. Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied
+warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of damages.
+If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement violates the
+law of the state applicable to this agreement, the agreement shall be
+interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or limitation permitted by
+the applicable state law. The invalidity or unenforceability of any
+provision of this agreement shall not void the remaining provisions.
+
+1.F.6. INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the
+trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone
+providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in accordance
+with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the production,
+promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works,
+harmless from all liability, costs and expenses, including legal fees,
+that arise directly or indirectly from any of the following which you do
+or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this or any Project Gutenberg-tm
+work, (b) alteration, modification, or additions or deletions to any
+Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any Defect you cause.
+
+
+Section 2. Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of
+electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of computers
+including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers. It exists
+because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations from
+people in all walks of life.
+
+Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the
+assistance they need are critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's
+goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will
+remain freely available for generations to come. In 2001, the Project
+Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure
+and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future generations.
+To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation
+and how your efforts and donations can help, see Sections 3 and 4
+and the Foundation web page at https://www.pglaf.org.
+
+
+Section 3. Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive
+Foundation
+
+The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit
+501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the
+state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal
+Revenue Service. The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification
+number is 64-6221541. Its 501(c)(3) letter is posted at
+https://pglaf.org/fundraising. Contributions to the Project Gutenberg
+Literary Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent
+permitted by U.S. federal laws and your state's laws.
+
+The Foundation's principal office is located at 4557 Melan Dr. S.
+Fairbanks, AK, 99712., but its volunteers and employees are scattered
+throughout numerous locations. Its business office is located at
+809 North 1500 West, Salt Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887, email
+business@pglaf.org. Email contact links and up to date contact
+information can be found at the Foundation's web site and official
+page at https://pglaf.org
+
+For additional contact information:
+ Dr. Gregory B. Newby
+ Chief Executive and Director
+ gbnewby@pglaf.org
+
+
+Section 4. Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg
+Literary Archive Foundation
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without wide
+spread public support and donations to carry out its mission of
+increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be
+freely distributed in machine readable form accessible by the widest
+array of equipment including outdated equipment. Many small donations
+($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt
+status with the IRS.
+
+The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating
+charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United
+States. Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a
+considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up
+with these requirements. We do not solicit donations in locations
+where we have not received written confirmation of compliance. To
+SEND DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any
+particular state visit https://pglaf.org
+
+While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we
+have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition
+against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who
+approach us with offers to donate.
+
+International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make
+any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from
+outside the United States. U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff.
+
+Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation
+methods and addresses. Donations are accepted in a number of other
+ways including including checks, online payments and credit card
+donations. To donate, please visit: https://pglaf.org/donate
+
+
+Section 5. General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works.
+
+Professor Michael S. Hart was the originator of the Project Gutenberg-tm
+concept of a library of electronic works that could be freely shared
+with anyone. For thirty years, he produced and distributed Project
+Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of volunteer support.
+
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed
+editions, all of which are confirmed as Public Domain in the U.S.
+unless a copyright notice is included. Thus, we do not necessarily
+keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper edition.
+
+
+Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search facility:
+
+ https://www.gutenberg.org
+
+This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm,
+including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary
+Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to
+subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks.
+
+
+</pre>
+
+</body>
+</html>